Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-sh.c revision 1.8.12.1
      1       1.1     skrll /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3       1.1     skrll    Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
      4       1.1     skrll 
      5       1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6       1.1     skrll 
      7       1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8       1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9       1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10       1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     11       1.1     skrll 
     12       1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13       1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14       1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15       1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16       1.1     skrll 
     17       1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18       1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19       1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20       1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21       1.1     skrll 
     22       1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     23       1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     24       1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     25       1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     26       1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27       1.1     skrll #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     28       1.1     skrll #include "elf/sh.h"
     29       1.3  christos #include "dwarf2.h"
     30       1.1     skrll #include "libiberty.h"
     31       1.1     skrll #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
     32       1.1     skrll 
     33       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
     34       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     35       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
     36       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     37       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
     38       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
     39       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
     40       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
     41       1.1     skrll #ifndef SH64_ELF
     42       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
     43       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
     44       1.1     skrll #endif
     45       1.1     skrll static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
     46       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
     47       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
     48       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *);
     49       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma tpoff
     50       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
     51       1.1     skrll 
     52       1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     53       1.1     skrll    section.  */
     54       1.1     skrll 
     55       1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
     56       1.1     skrll 
     57       1.3  christos /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
     58       1.3  christos #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
     59       1.3  christos 
     60       1.1     skrll #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
     61       1.3  christos 
     62       1.3  christos /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
     63       1.3  christos    not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
     64       1.3  christos    its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
     65       1.3  christos #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
     66       1.3  christos   (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
     67       1.3  christos    || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
     68       1.1     skrll 
     69       1.1     skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
     71       1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
     72       1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
     73       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
     74       1.1     skrll {
     75       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     76       1.1     skrll };
     77       1.1     skrll 
     78       1.1     skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
     79       1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
     80       1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
     81       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
     82       1.1     skrll {
     83       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     84       1.1     skrll };
     85       1.1     skrll 
     86       1.1     skrll /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
     88       1.1     skrll 
     89       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
     90       1.1     skrll vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
     91       1.6  christos {
     92       1.6  christos #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
     93       1.1     skrll   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
     94       1.6  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
     95       1.6  christos 
     96       1.1     skrll   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
     97       1.1     skrll 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
     98       1.1     skrll #else
     99       1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
    100       1.1     skrll #endif
    101       1.3  christos }
    102       1.3  christos 
    103       1.3  christos /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
    104       1.3  christos 
    105       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    106       1.3  christos fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    107       1.6  christos {
    108       1.6  christos #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
    109       1.3  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
    110       1.6  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
    111       1.6  christos 
    112       1.3  christos   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
    113       1.3  christos 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
    114       1.3  christos #else
    115       1.3  christos   return FALSE;
    116       1.3  christos #endif
    117       1.1     skrll }
    118       1.1     skrll 
    119       1.1     skrll /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
    120       1.1     skrll 
    121       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    122       1.1     skrll get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
    123       1.1     skrll {
    124       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    125       1.1     skrll     return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
    126       1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_howto_table;
    127       1.1     skrll }
    128       1.1     skrll 
    129       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    130       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
    131       1.1     skrll 		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
    132       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
    133       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
    134       1.1     skrll {
    135       1.1     skrll   static bfd_vma last_addr;
    136       1.1     skrll   static asection *last_symbol_section;
    137       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
    138       1.1     skrll   int diff, cum_diff;
    139       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma x;
    140       1.1     skrll   int insn;
    141       1.1     skrll 
    142       1.1     skrll   /* Sanity check the address.  */
    143       1.1     skrll   if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
    144       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    145       1.1     skrll 
    146       1.1     skrll   /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
    147       1.1     skrll      although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
    148       1.1     skrll   if (! last_addr)
    149       1.1     skrll     {
    150       1.1     skrll       last_addr = addr;
    151       1.1     skrll       last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
    152       1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    153       1.1     skrll     }
    154       1.1     skrll   if (last_addr != addr)
    155       1.1     skrll     abort ();
    156       1.1     skrll   last_addr = 0;
    157       1.1     skrll 
    158       1.1     skrll   if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
    159       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    160       1.1     skrll 
    161       1.1     skrll   /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
    162       1.1     skrll   if (symbol_section != input_section)
    163       1.1     skrll     {
    164       1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    165       1.1     skrll 	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
    166       1.1     skrll       else
    167       1.1     skrll 	{
    168       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
    169       1.1     skrll 					   &contents))
    170       1.1     skrll 	    {
    171       1.1     skrll 	      if (contents != NULL)
    172       1.1     skrll 		free (contents);
    173       1.1     skrll 	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    174       1.1     skrll 	    }
    175       1.1     skrll 	}
    176       1.1     skrll     }
    177       1.1     skrll #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
    178       1.1     skrll   start_ptr = contents + start;
    179       1.1     skrll   for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
    180       1.1     skrll     {
    181       1.1     skrll       for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
    182       1.1     skrll 	ptr -= 2;
    183       1.1     skrll       ptr += 2;
    184       1.1     skrll       diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
    185       1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff & 1;
    186       1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff;
    187       1.1     skrll     }
    188       1.1     skrll   /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
    189       1.1     skrll      so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
    190       1.1     skrll      addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
    191       1.1     skrll   if (cum_diff >= 0)
    192       1.1     skrll     {
    193       1.1     skrll       start -= 4;
    194       1.1     skrll       end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
    195       1.1     skrll     }
    196       1.1     skrll   else
    197       1.1     skrll     {
    198       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
    199       1.1     skrll 
    200       1.1     skrll       while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
    201       1.1     skrll 	start0 -= 2;
    202       1.1     skrll       start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
    203       1.1     skrll       start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
    204       1.1     skrll       end = start0;
    205       1.1     skrll     }
    206       1.1     skrll 
    207       1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    208       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    209       1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    210       1.1     skrll 
    211       1.1     skrll   insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
    212       1.1     skrll 
    213       1.1     skrll   x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
    214       1.1     skrll   if (input_section != symbol_section)
    215       1.1     skrll     x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
    216       1.1     skrll 	  - (input_section->output_section->vma
    217       1.1     skrll 	     + input_section->output_offset));
    218       1.1     skrll   x >>= 1;
    219       1.1     skrll   if (x < -128 || x > 127)
    220       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    221       1.1     skrll 
    222       1.1     skrll   x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
    223       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
    224       1.1     skrll 
    225       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    226       1.1     skrll }
    227       1.1     skrll 
    228       1.1     skrll /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
    229       1.1     skrll    function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
    230       1.1     skrll 
    231       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    232       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
    233       1.1     skrll 	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    234       1.1     skrll 	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    235       1.1     skrll {
    236       1.1     skrll   unsigned long insn;
    237       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma sym_value;
    238       1.1     skrll   enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
    239       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
    240       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
    241       1.1     skrll 
    242       1.1     skrll   r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
    243       1.1     skrll 
    244       1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    245       1.1     skrll     {
    246       1.1     skrll       /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
    247       1.1     skrll       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    248       1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    249       1.1     skrll     }
    250       1.1     skrll 
    251       1.1     skrll   /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
    252       1.1     skrll      done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
    253       1.1     skrll   if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
    254       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    255       1.1     skrll 
    256       1.1     skrll   if (symbol_in != NULL
    257       1.1     skrll       && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
    258       1.6  christos     return bfd_reloc_undefined;
    259       1.6  christos 
    260       1.6  christos   /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
    261       1.6  christos   if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
    262       1.6  christos       > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
    263       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    264       1.1     skrll 
    265       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
    266       1.1     skrll     sym_value = 0;
    267       1.1     skrll   else
    268       1.1     skrll     sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
    269       1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
    270       1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
    271       1.1     skrll 
    272       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    273       1.1     skrll     {
    274       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_DIR32:
    275       1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
    276       1.1     skrll       insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
    277       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
    278       1.1     skrll       break;
    279       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_IND12W:
    280       1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
    281       1.1     skrll       sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
    282       1.1     skrll       sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
    283       1.1     skrll 		    + input_section->output_offset
    284       1.1     skrll 		    + addr
    285       1.1     skrll 		    + 4);
    286       1.1     skrll       sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
    287       1.1     skrll       if (insn & 0x800)
    288       1.1     skrll 	sym_value -= 0x1000;
    289       1.1     skrll       insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
    290       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
    291       1.1     skrll       if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
    292       1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    293       1.1     skrll       break;
    294       1.1     skrll     default:
    295       1.1     skrll       abort ();
    296       1.1     skrll       break;
    297       1.1     skrll     }
    298       1.1     skrll 
    299       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    300       1.1     skrll }
    301       1.1     skrll 
    302       1.1     skrll /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
    303       1.1     skrll    which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
    304       1.1     skrll 
    305       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    306       1.1     skrll sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
    307       1.1     skrll 		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    308       1.1     skrll 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
    309       1.1     skrll 		     bfd *output_bfd,
    310       1.1     skrll 		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    311       1.1     skrll {
    312       1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    313       1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    314       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    315       1.1     skrll }
    316       1.1     skrll 
    317       1.1     skrll /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    318       1.1     skrll 
    319       1.1     skrll struct elf_reloc_map
    320       1.1     skrll {
    321       1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    322       1.1     skrll   unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
    323       1.1     skrll };
    324       1.1     skrll 
    325       1.1     skrll /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    326       1.1     skrll 
    327       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
    328       1.1     skrll {
    329       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
    330       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
    331       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
    332       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
    333       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
    334       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
    335       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
    336       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
    337       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
    338       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
    339       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
    340       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
    341       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
    342       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
    343       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
    344       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
    345       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
    346       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
    347       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
    348       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    349       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
    350       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
    351       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
    352       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
    353       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
    354       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
    355       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
    356       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
    357       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
    358       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
    359       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
    360       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
    361       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
    362       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
    363       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
    364       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
    365       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
    366       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
    367       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
    368       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
    369       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
    370       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
    371       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
    372       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
    373       1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
    374       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
    375       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
    376       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
    377       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
    378       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
    379       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
    380       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
    381       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
    382       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
    383       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
    384       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
    385       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
    386       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
    387       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
    388       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
    389       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
    390       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
    391       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
    392       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
    393       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
    394       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
    395       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
    396       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
    397       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
    398       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
    399       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
    400       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
    401       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
    402       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
    403       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
    404       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
    405       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
    406       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
    407       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
    408       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
    409       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
    410       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
    411       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
    412       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
    413       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
    414       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
    415       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
    416       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
    417       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
    418       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
    419       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
    420       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
    421       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
    422       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
    423       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
    424       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
    425       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
    426       1.1     skrll #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
    427       1.1     skrll };
    428       1.1     skrll 
    429       1.1     skrll /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
    430       1.1     skrll    corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
    431       1.1     skrll 
    432       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    433       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    434       1.1     skrll {
    435       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    436       1.1     skrll 
    437       1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
    438       1.1     skrll     {
    439       1.1     skrll       if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    440       1.1     skrll 	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
    441       1.1     skrll     }
    442       1.1     skrll 
    443       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    444       1.1     skrll }
    445       1.1     skrll 
    446       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    447       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
    448       1.1     skrll {
    449       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    450       1.1     skrll 
    451       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    452       1.1     skrll     {
    453       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    454       1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
    455       1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
    456       1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    457       1.1     skrll 	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    458       1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    459       1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
    460       1.1     skrll     }
    461       1.1     skrll   else
    462       1.1     skrll     {
    463       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    464       1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
    465       1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
    466       1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    467       1.1     skrll 	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    468       1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    469       1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
    470       1.1     skrll     }
    471       1.1     skrll 
    472       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    473       1.1     skrll }
    474       1.1     skrll 
    475       1.1     skrll /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
    476       1.1     skrll 
    477       1.1     skrll static void
    478       1.1     skrll sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    479       1.1     skrll {
    480       1.1     skrll   unsigned int r;
    481       1.1     skrll 
    482       1.6  christos   r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    483       1.6  christos 
    484       1.6  christos   if (r >= R_SH_max
    485       1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
    486       1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
    487       1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
    488       1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
    489       1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
    490  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
    491  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
    492  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       /* xgettext:c-format */
    493       1.6  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
    494       1.6  christos 			  abfd, r);
    495       1.6  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    496       1.1     skrll       r = R_SH_NONE;
    497       1.1     skrll     }
    498       1.1     skrll 
    499       1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
    500       1.1     skrll }
    501       1.1     skrll 
    502       1.1     skrll /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
    504       1.1     skrll    function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
    505       1.1     skrll    There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
    506       1.1     skrll    specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
    507       1.1     skrll    into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
    508       1.1     skrll    could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
    509       1.1     skrll    functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
    510       1.1     skrll    values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
    511       1.1     skrll    they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
    512       1.1     skrll 
    513       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    514       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
    515       1.1     skrll 		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
    516       1.1     skrll {
    517       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    518       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
    519       1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean have_code;
    520       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    521       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
    522       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
    523       1.6  christos 
    524       1.1     skrll   *again = FALSE;
    525       1.1     skrll 
    526       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
    527       1.1     skrll       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
    528       1.1     skrll       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
    529       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
    530       1.1     skrll 
    531       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
    532       1.1     skrll   if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
    533       1.1     skrll       & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
    534       1.1     skrll     {
    535       1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
    536       1.1     skrll     }
    537       1.1     skrll #endif
    538       1.1     skrll 
    539       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    540       1.1     skrll 
    541       1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
    542       1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
    543       1.1     skrll 		      link_info->keep_memory));
    544       1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
    545       1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
    546       1.1     skrll 
    547       1.1     skrll   have_code = FALSE;
    548       1.1     skrll 
    549       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
    550       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    551       1.1     skrll     {
    552       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
    553       1.1     skrll       unsigned short insn;
    554       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
    555       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma foff;
    556       1.1     skrll 
    557       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
    558       1.1     skrll 	have_code = TRUE;
    559       1.1     skrll 
    560       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
    561       1.1     skrll 	continue;
    562       1.1     skrll 
    563       1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    564       1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    565       1.1     skrll 	{
    566       1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    567       1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    568       1.1     skrll 	  else
    569       1.1     skrll 	    {
    570       1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    571       1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    572       1.1     skrll 	    }
    573       1.1     skrll 	}
    574       1.1     skrll 
    575       1.1     skrll       /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
    576       1.1     skrll 	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
    577       1.1     skrll 	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
    578       1.1     skrll 	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
    579  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
    580  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (laddr >= sec->size)
    581  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    582       1.1     skrll 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    583       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
    584       1.1     skrll 			      abfd, irel->r_offset);
    585       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    586       1.1     skrll 	}
    587       1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
    588       1.1     skrll 
    589       1.1     skrll       /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
    590  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 do.  */
    591  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
    592  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    593  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
    594       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    595       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
    596       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, irel->r_offset, insn);
    597       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    598       1.1     skrll 	}
    599       1.1     skrll 
    600       1.1     skrll       /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
    601       1.1     skrll 	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
    602       1.1     skrll 	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
    603       1.1     skrll 	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
    604       1.1     skrll 	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
    605       1.1     skrll 	 on a four byte boundary.  */
    606       1.1     skrll       paddr = insn & 0xff;
    607       1.1     skrll       paddr *= 4;
    608  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
    609  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (paddr >= sec->size)
    610  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    611  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
    612       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    613       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
    614       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, irel->r_offset);
    615       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    616       1.1     skrll 	}
    617       1.1     skrll 
    618       1.1     skrll       /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
    619       1.1     skrll 	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
    620       1.1     skrll 	 actually being called.  */
    621       1.1     skrll       for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
    622       1.1     skrll 	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
    623       1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
    624  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  break;
    625  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (irelfn >= irelend)
    626  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    627  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
    628       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    629       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
    630       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, paddr);
    631       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    632       1.1     skrll 	}
    633       1.1     skrll 
    634       1.1     skrll       /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
    635       1.1     skrll       if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
    636       1.1     skrll 	{
    637       1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    638       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    639       1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
    640       1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
    641       1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
    642       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    643       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    644       1.1     skrll 	}
    645       1.1     skrll 
    646       1.1     skrll       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
    647       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    648       1.1     skrll 	{
    649       1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    650       1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
    651       1.1     skrll 
    652       1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
    653  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (isym->st_shndx
    654  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
    655  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
    656  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
    657       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
    658       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
    659       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, paddr);
    660       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    661       1.1     skrll 	    }
    662       1.1     skrll 
    663       1.1     skrll 	  symval = (isym->st_value
    664       1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_section->vma
    665       1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_offset);
    666       1.1     skrll 	}
    667       1.1     skrll       else
    668       1.1     skrll 	{
    669       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
    670       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    671       1.1     skrll 
    672       1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
    673       1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
    674       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
    675       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
    676       1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
    677       1.1     skrll 	    {
    678       1.1     skrll 	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
    679       1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
    680       1.1     skrll 		 regular reloc processing.  */
    681       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    682       1.1     skrll 	    }
    683       1.1     skrll 
    684       1.1     skrll 	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
    685       1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
    686       1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
    687       1.1     skrll 	}
    688       1.1     skrll 
    689       1.1     skrll       if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    690       1.1     skrll 	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    691       1.1     skrll       else
    692       1.1     skrll 	symval += irelfn->r_addend;
    693       1.1     skrll 
    694       1.1     skrll       /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
    695       1.1     skrll       foff = (symval
    696       1.1     skrll 	      - (irel->r_offset
    697       1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_section->vma
    698       1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_offset
    699       1.1     skrll 		 + 4));
    700       1.1     skrll       /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
    701       1.1     skrll 	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
    702       1.1     skrll 	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
    703       1.1     skrll 	 that.  */
    704       1.1     skrll       if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
    705       1.1     skrll 	{
    706       1.1     skrll 	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
    707       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    708       1.1     skrll 	}
    709       1.1     skrll 
    710       1.1     skrll       /* Shorten the function call.  */
    711       1.1     skrll 
    712       1.1     skrll       /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
    713       1.1     skrll 	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
    714       1.1     skrll 	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
    715       1.1     skrll 	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
    716       1.1     skrll 	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
    717       1.1     skrll 	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
    718       1.1     skrll 	 the linker is run.  */
    719       1.1     skrll 
    720       1.1     skrll       elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    721       1.6  christos       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    722       1.1     skrll       symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    723       1.1     skrll 
    724       1.6  christos       /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    725       1.1     skrll 
    726       1.1     skrll       /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
    727       1.1     skrll 	 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    728       1.1     skrll       irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
    729       1.1     skrll       /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    730       1.1     skrll 	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
    731       1.1     skrll 	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
    732       1.1     skrll 	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
    733       1.1     skrll 	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */
    734       1.1     skrll 
    735       1.6  christos       /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
    736       1.6  christos 	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
    737       1.6  christos 	 the final link phase handle it.  */
    738       1.6  christos       if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
    739       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    740       1.1     skrll       else
    741       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    742       1.1     skrll 
    743       1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend = -4;
    744       1.1     skrll 
    745       1.1     skrll       /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
    746       1.1     skrll 	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
    747       1.1     skrll 	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
    748       1.1     skrll 	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
    749       1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    750       1.1     skrll 
    751       1.1     skrll       /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
    752       1.1     skrll 	 register load.  */
    753       1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
    754       1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
    755       1.1     skrll 	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
    756       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    757       1.1     skrll       if (irelscan < irelend)
    758       1.1     skrll 	{
    759       1.1     skrll 	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
    760       1.1     skrll 	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
    761       1.1     skrll 	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
    762       1.1     skrll 	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
    763       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    764       1.1     skrll 	}
    765       1.1     skrll 
    766       1.1     skrll       /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
    767       1.1     skrll 	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
    768       1.1     skrll 	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
    769       1.1     skrll       for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
    770       1.1     skrll 	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
    771       1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
    772       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    773       1.1     skrll 
    774       1.1     skrll       /* Delete the register load.  */
    775       1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
    776       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    777       1.1     skrll 
    778       1.1     skrll       /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
    779       1.1     skrll 	 other function call to come within range, we should relax
    780       1.1     skrll 	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
    781       1.1     skrll       *again = TRUE;
    782       1.1     skrll 
    783  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
    784  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (irelcount >= irelend)
    785  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    786  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  _bfd_error_handler
    787       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    788       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
    789       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, paddr);
    790       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    791       1.1     skrll 	}
    792       1.1     skrll 
    793       1.1     skrll       /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
    794  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 just deleted one.  */
    795  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    796  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
    797       1.1     skrll 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    798       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad count"),
    799       1.1     skrll 			      abfd, paddr);
    800       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    801       1.1     skrll 	}
    802       1.1     skrll 
    803       1.1     skrll       --irelcount->r_addend;
    804       1.1     skrll 
    805       1.1     skrll       /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
    806       1.1     skrll 	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
    807       1.1     skrll 	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
    808       1.1     skrll       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    809       1.1     skrll 	{
    810       1.1     skrll 	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
    811       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    812       1.1     skrll 	}
    813       1.1     skrll 
    814       1.1     skrll       /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
    815       1.1     skrll     }
    816       1.1     skrll 
    817       1.1     skrll   /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
    818       1.1     skrll      byte boundaries.  */
    819       1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
    820       1.1     skrll       && have_code)
    821       1.1     skrll     {
    822       1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean swapped;
    823       1.1     skrll 
    824       1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    825       1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    826       1.1     skrll 	{
    827       1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    828       1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    829       1.1     skrll 	  else
    830       1.1     skrll 	    {
    831       1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    832       1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    833       1.1     skrll 	    }
    834       1.1     skrll 	}
    835       1.1     skrll 
    836       1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
    837       1.1     skrll 				&swapped))
    838       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    839       1.1     skrll 
    840       1.1     skrll       if (swapped)
    841       1.1     skrll 	{
    842       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    843       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    844       1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    845       1.1     skrll 	}
    846       1.1     skrll     }
    847       1.1     skrll 
    848       1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
    849       1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    850       1.1     skrll     {
    851       1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    852       1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
    853       1.1     skrll       else
    854       1.1     skrll 	{
    855       1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    856       1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    857       1.1     skrll 	}
    858       1.1     skrll     }
    859       1.1     skrll 
    860       1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    861       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    862       1.1     skrll     {
    863       1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    864       1.1     skrll 	free (contents);
    865       1.1     skrll       else
    866       1.1     skrll 	{
    867       1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    868       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    869       1.1     skrll 	}
    870       1.1     skrll     }
    871       1.1     skrll 
    872       1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
    873       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    874       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    875       1.1     skrll 
    876       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
    877       1.1     skrll 
    878       1.1     skrll  error_return:
    879       1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
    880       1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    881       1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
    882       1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    883       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    884       1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    885       1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
    886       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    887       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    888       1.1     skrll 
    889       1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
    890       1.1     skrll }
    891       1.1     skrll 
    892       1.1     skrll /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
    893       1.1     skrll    lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
    894       1.1     skrll    in coff-sh.c.  */
    895       1.1     skrll 
    896       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    897       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
    898       1.1     skrll 			   int count)
    899       1.1     skrll {
    900       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    901       1.1     skrll   unsigned int sec_shndx;
    902       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *contents;
    903       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    904       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
    905       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma toaddr;
    906       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
    907       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    908       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
    909       1.1     skrll   unsigned int symcount;
    910       1.1     skrll   asection *o;
    911       1.1     skrll 
    912       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    913       1.1     skrll   isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    914       1.1     skrll 
    915       1.1     skrll   sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
    916  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
    917       1.1     skrll   contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    918       1.1     skrll 
    919       1.1     skrll   /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
    920       1.1     skrll      power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
    921       1.1     skrll 
    922       1.1     skrll   irelalign = NULL;
    923       1.1     skrll   toaddr = sec->size;
    924       1.1     skrll 
    925       1.1     skrll   irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
    926       1.1     skrll   irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
    927       1.1     skrll   for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
    928       1.1     skrll     {
    929       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    930       1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset > addr
    931       1.1     skrll 	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
    932       1.1     skrll 	{
    933       1.1     skrll 	  irelalign = irel;
    934       1.1     skrll 	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
    935       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    936       1.1     skrll 	}
    937       1.1     skrll     }
    938       1.1     skrll 
    939       1.1     skrll   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
    940       1.1     skrll   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
    941       1.1     skrll 	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
    942       1.1     skrll   if (irelalign == NULL)
    943       1.1     skrll     sec->size -= count;
    944       1.1     skrll   else
    945       1.1     skrll     {
    946       1.1     skrll       int i;
    947       1.1     skrll 
    948       1.1     skrll #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
    949       1.1     skrll 
    950       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
    951       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
    952       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
    953       1.1     skrll     }
    954       1.1     skrll 
    955       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
    956       1.1     skrll   for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    957       1.1     skrll     {
    958       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
    959       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start = 0;
    960       1.1     skrll       int insn = 0;
    961       1.1     skrll       int off, adjust, oinsn;
    962       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
    963       1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean overflow;
    964       1.1     skrll 
    965       1.1     skrll       /* Get the new reloc address.  */
    966       1.1     skrll       nraddr = irel->r_offset;
    967       1.1     skrll       if ((irel->r_offset > addr
    968       1.1     skrll 	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
    969       1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    970       1.1     skrll 	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
    971       1.1     skrll 	nraddr -= count;
    972       1.1     skrll 
    973       1.1     skrll       /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
    974       1.1     skrll 	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
    975       1.1     skrll 	 represent addresses, though.  */
    976       1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset >= addr
    977       1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
    978       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    979       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
    980       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
    981       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
    982       1.1     skrll 	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
    983       1.1     skrll 				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
    984       1.1     skrll 
    985       1.1     skrll       /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
    986       1.1     skrll 	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
    987       1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    988       1.1     skrll 	{
    989       1.1     skrll 	default:
    990       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    991       1.1     skrll 
    992       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    993       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    994       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
    995       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
    996       1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
    997       1.1     skrll 	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    998       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    999       1.1     skrll 	}
   1000       1.1     skrll 
   1001       1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
   1002       1.1     skrll 	{
   1003       1.1     skrll 	default:
   1004       1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
   1005       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1006       1.1     skrll 
   1007       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   1008       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
   1009       1.1     skrll 	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
   1010       1.1     skrll 	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in
   1011       1.1     skrll 	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
   1012       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1013       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1014       1.1     skrll 	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   1015       1.1     skrll 	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1016       1.1     skrll 		  && (isym->st_value <= addr
   1017       1.1     skrll 		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
   1018       1.1     skrll 		{
   1019       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma val;
   1020       1.1     skrll 
   1021       1.1     skrll 		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
   1022       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1023       1.1     skrll 		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1024       1.1     skrll 		      val += isym->st_value;
   1025       1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1026       1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
   1027       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1028       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1029       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1030       1.1     skrll 		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
   1031       1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1032       1.1     skrll 			irel->r_addend -= count;
   1033       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1034       1.1     skrll 		}
   1035       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1036       1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
   1037       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1038       1.1     skrll 
   1039       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1040       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1041       1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 0x80)
   1042       1.1     skrll 	    off -= 0x100;
   1043       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
   1044       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1045       1.1     skrll 
   1046       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
   1047       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xfff;
   1048       1.1     skrll 	  if (! off)
   1049       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1050       1.1     skrll 	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
   1051       1.1     skrll 		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
   1052       1.1     skrll 		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
   1053       1.1     skrll 	      start = stop = addr;
   1054       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1055       1.1     skrll 	  else
   1056       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1057       1.1     skrll 	      if (off & 0x800)
   1058       1.1     skrll 		off -= 0x1000;
   1059       1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
   1060       1.1     skrll 
   1061       1.1     skrll 	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
   1062       1.1     skrll 		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
   1063       1.1     skrll 		 start of the section.
   1064       1.1     skrll 		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
   1065       1.1     skrll 		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
   1066       1.1     skrll 		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
   1067       1.1     skrll 	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
   1068       1.1     skrll 		irel->r_addend -= count;
   1069       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1070       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1071       1.1     skrll 
   1072       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1073       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1074       1.1     skrll 	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
   1075       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1076       1.1     skrll 
   1077       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1078       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1079       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
   1080       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1081       1.1     skrll 
   1082       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1083       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1084       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1085       1.1     skrll 	  /* These relocs types represent
   1086       1.1     skrll 	       .word L2-L1
   1087       1.1     skrll 	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
   1088       1.1     skrll 	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
   1089       1.1     skrll 	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
   1090       1.1     skrll 	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.
   1091       1.1     skrll 	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
   1092       1.1     skrll 	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
   1093       1.1     skrll 
   1094       1.1     skrll 	  stop = irel->r_offset;
   1095       1.1     skrll 	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
   1096       1.1     skrll 
   1097       1.1     skrll 	  if (start > addr
   1098       1.1     skrll 	      && start < toaddr
   1099       1.1     skrll 	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1100       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend += count;
   1101       1.1     skrll 	  else if (stop > addr
   1102       1.1     skrll 		   && stop < toaddr
   1103       1.1     skrll 		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1104       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend -= count;
   1105       1.1     skrll 
   1106       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
   1107       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1108       1.1     skrll 	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
   1109       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1110       1.1     skrll 	  else
   1111       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1112       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1113       1.1     skrll 
   1114       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1115       1.1     skrll 
   1116       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_USES:
   1117       1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
   1118       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
   1119       1.1     skrll 			    + (long) irel->r_addend
   1120       1.1     skrll 			    + 4);
   1121       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1122       1.1     skrll 	}
   1123       1.1     skrll 
   1124       1.1     skrll       if (start > addr
   1125       1.1     skrll 	  && start < toaddr
   1126       1.1     skrll 	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1127       1.1     skrll 	adjust = count;
   1128       1.1     skrll       else if (stop > addr
   1129       1.1     skrll 	       && stop < toaddr
   1130       1.1     skrll 	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1131       1.1     skrll 	adjust = - count;
   1132       1.1     skrll       else
   1133       1.1     skrll 	adjust = 0;
   1134       1.1     skrll 
   1135       1.1     skrll       if (adjust != 0)
   1136       1.1     skrll 	{
   1137       1.1     skrll 	  oinsn = insn;
   1138       1.1     skrll 	  overflow = FALSE;
   1139       1.1     skrll 	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
   1140       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1141       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1142       1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1143       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1144       1.1     skrll 
   1145       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1146       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1147       1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1148       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1149       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1150       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1151       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1152       1.1     skrll 
   1153       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1154       1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1155       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1156       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1157       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1158       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1159       1.1     skrll 
   1160       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1161       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
   1162       1.1     skrll 	      if (count >= 4)
   1163       1.1     skrll 		insn += adjust / 4;
   1164       1.1     skrll 	      else
   1165       1.1     skrll 		{
   1166       1.1     skrll 		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
   1167       1.1     skrll 		    ++insn;
   1168       1.1     skrll 		}
   1169       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1170       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1171       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1172       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1173       1.1     skrll 
   1174       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1175       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1176       1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
   1177       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1178       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
   1179       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1180       1.1     skrll 
   1181       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1182       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1183       1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
   1184       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1185       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1186       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1187       1.1     skrll 
   1188       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1189       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1190       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1191       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1192       1.1     skrll 
   1193       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_USES:
   1194       1.1     skrll 	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
   1195       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1196       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1197  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   1198  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (overflow)
   1199  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   1200  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1201       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1202       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1203       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, irel->r_offset);
   1204       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1205       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1206       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1207       1.1     skrll 	}
   1208       1.1     skrll 
   1209       1.1     skrll       irel->r_offset = nraddr;
   1210       1.1     skrll     }
   1211       1.1     skrll 
   1212       1.1     skrll   /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
   1213       1.1     skrll      relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
   1214       1.1     skrll      below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
   1215       1.1     skrll   for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   1216       1.1     skrll     {
   1217       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
   1218       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
   1219       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *ocontents;
   1220       1.1     skrll 
   1221       1.1     skrll       if (o == sec
   1222       1.1     skrll 	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   1223       1.1     skrll 	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
   1224       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1225       1.1     skrll 
   1226       1.1     skrll       /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
   1227       1.1     skrll 	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
   1228       1.1     skrll 	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1229       1.1     skrll       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   1230       1.1     skrll 			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
   1231       1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   1232       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1233       1.1     skrll 
   1234       1.1     skrll       ocontents = NULL;
   1235       1.1     skrll       irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
   1236       1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
   1237       1.1     skrll 	{
   1238       1.1     skrll 	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
   1239       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
   1240       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1241       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma start, stop;
   1242       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma voff;
   1243       1.1     skrll 
   1244       1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1245       1.1     skrll 		{
   1246       1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1247       1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1248       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1249       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1250       1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1251       1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1252       1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1253       1.1     skrll 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1254       1.1     skrll 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1255       1.1     skrll 			{
   1256       1.1     skrll 			  if (ocontents != NULL)
   1257       1.1     skrll 			    free (ocontents);
   1258       1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1259       1.1     skrll 			}
   1260       1.1     skrll 
   1261       1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1262       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1263       1.1     skrll 		}
   1264       1.1     skrll 
   1265       1.1     skrll 	      stop = irelscan->r_offset;
   1266       1.1     skrll 	      start
   1267       1.1     skrll 		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
   1268       1.1     skrll 
   1269       1.1     skrll 	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
   1270       1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
   1271       1.1     skrll 		irelscan->r_addend += count;
   1272       1.1     skrll 
   1273       1.1     skrll 	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1274       1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1275       1.1     skrll 
   1276       1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr
   1277       1.1     skrll 		  && start < toaddr
   1278       1.1     skrll 		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1279       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
   1280       1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1281       1.1     skrll 	      else if (stop > addr
   1282       1.1     skrll 		       && stop < toaddr
   1283       1.1     skrll 		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1284       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
   1285       1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1286       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1287       1.1     skrll 
   1288       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
   1289       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1290       1.1     skrll 
   1291       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1292       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1293       1.1     skrll 
   1294       1.1     skrll 
   1295       1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
   1296       1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1297       1.1     skrll 	      && (isym->st_value <= addr
   1298       1.1     skrll 		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
   1299       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1300       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma val;
   1301       1.1     skrll 
   1302       1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1303       1.1     skrll 		{
   1304       1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1305       1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1306       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1307       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1308       1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1309       1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1310       1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1311       1.1     skrll 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1312       1.1     skrll 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1313       1.1     skrll 			{
   1314       1.1     skrll 			  if (ocontents != NULL)
   1315       1.1     skrll 			    free (ocontents);
   1316       1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1317       1.1     skrll 			}
   1318       1.1     skrll 
   1319       1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1320       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1321       1.1     skrll 		}
   1322       1.1     skrll 
   1323       1.1     skrll 	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1324       1.1     skrll 	      val += isym->st_value;
   1325       1.1     skrll 	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1326       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
   1327       1.1     skrll 			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1328       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1329       1.1     skrll 	}
   1330       1.1     skrll     }
   1331       1.1     skrll 
   1332       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   1333       1.1     skrll   isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1334       1.1     skrll   for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
   1335       1.1     skrll     {
   1336       1.1     skrll       if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1337       1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value > addr
   1338       1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value < toaddr)
   1339       1.1     skrll 	isym->st_value -= count;
   1340       1.1     skrll     }
   1341       1.1     skrll 
   1342       1.1     skrll   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   1343       1.1     skrll   symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   1344       1.1     skrll 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1345       1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1346       1.1     skrll   end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
   1347       1.1     skrll   for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
   1348       1.1     skrll     {
   1349       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
   1350       1.1     skrll       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1351       1.1     skrll 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1352       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
   1353       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   1354       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
   1355       1.1     skrll 	{
   1356       1.1     skrll 	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   1357       1.1     skrll 	}
   1358       1.1     skrll     }
   1359       1.1     skrll 
   1360       1.1     skrll   /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
   1361       1.1     skrll      r_offset for it already.  */
   1362       1.1     skrll   if (irelalign != NULL)
   1363       1.1     skrll     {
   1364       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
   1365       1.1     skrll 
   1366       1.1     skrll       alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1367       1.1     skrll       alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
   1368       1.1     skrll 			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1369       1.1     skrll       if (alignto != alignaddr)
   1370       1.1     skrll 	{
   1371       1.1     skrll 	  /* Tail recursion.  */
   1372       1.1     skrll 	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
   1373       1.1     skrll 					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
   1374       1.1     skrll 	}
   1375       1.1     skrll     }
   1376       1.1     skrll 
   1377       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1378       1.1     skrll }
   1379       1.1     skrll 
   1380       1.1     skrll /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
   1381       1.1     skrll    boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
   1382       1.1     skrll 
   1383       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1384       1.1     skrll sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
   1385       1.1     skrll 		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
   1386       1.1     skrll 		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1387       1.1     skrll 		    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
   1388       1.1     skrll {
   1389       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1390       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
   1391       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
   1392       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt;
   1393       1.1     skrll 
   1394       1.1     skrll   *pswapped = FALSE;
   1395       1.1     skrll 
   1396       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1397       1.1     skrll 
   1398       1.1     skrll   /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
   1399       1.1     skrll   amt = sec->reloc_count;
   1400       1.1     skrll   amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
   1401       1.1     skrll   labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
   1402       1.1     skrll   if (labels == NULL)
   1403       1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   1404       1.1     skrll   label_end = labels;
   1405       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1406       1.1     skrll     {
   1407       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   1408       1.1     skrll 	{
   1409       1.1     skrll 	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
   1410       1.1     skrll 	  ++label_end;
   1411       1.1     skrll 	}
   1412       1.1     skrll     }
   1413       1.1     skrll 
   1414       1.1     skrll   /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
   1415       1.1     skrll      address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
   1416       1.1     skrll      the label values and the relocs.  */
   1417       1.1     skrll 
   1418       1.1     skrll   label = labels;
   1419       1.1     skrll 
   1420       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1421       1.1     skrll     {
   1422       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start, stop;
   1423       1.1     skrll 
   1424       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
   1425       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1426       1.1     skrll 
   1427       1.1     skrll       start = irel->r_offset;
   1428       1.1     skrll 
   1429       1.1     skrll       for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1430       1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
   1431       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1432       1.1     skrll       if (irel < irelend)
   1433       1.1     skrll 	stop = irel->r_offset;
   1434       1.1     skrll       else
   1435       1.1     skrll 	stop = sec->size;
   1436       1.1     skrll 
   1437       1.1     skrll       if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
   1438       1.1     skrll 				     internal_relocs, &label,
   1439       1.1     skrll 				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
   1440       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   1441       1.1     skrll     }
   1442       1.1     skrll 
   1443       1.1     skrll   free (labels);
   1444       1.1     skrll 
   1445       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1446       1.1     skrll 
   1447       1.1     skrll  error_return:
   1448       1.1     skrll   if (labels != NULL)
   1449       1.1     skrll     free (labels);
   1450       1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   1451       1.1     skrll }
   1452       1.1     skrll 
   1453       1.1     skrll #ifndef SH64_ELF
   1454       1.1     skrll /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
   1455       1.1     skrll 
   1456       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1457       1.1     skrll sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
   1458       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
   1459       1.1     skrll {
   1460       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
   1461       1.1     skrll   unsigned short i1, i2;
   1462       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1463       1.1     skrll 
   1464       1.1     skrll   /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
   1465       1.1     skrll   i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
   1466       1.1     skrll   i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
   1467       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
   1468       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
   1469       1.1     skrll 
   1470       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
   1471       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1472       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1473       1.1     skrll     {
   1474       1.1     skrll       enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
   1475       1.1     skrll       int add;
   1476       1.1     skrll 
   1477       1.1     skrll       /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
   1478       1.1     skrll 	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
   1479       1.1     skrll 	 but are only associated with the address.  */
   1480       1.1     skrll       type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
   1481       1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
   1482       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_CODE
   1483       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_DATA
   1484       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
   1485       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1486       1.1     skrll 
   1487       1.1     skrll       /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
   1488       1.1     skrll 	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
   1489       1.1     skrll 	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
   1490       1.1     skrll 	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
   1491       1.1     skrll 	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
   1492       1.1     skrll 	 instruction it shouldn't).  */
   1493       1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_USES)
   1494       1.1     skrll 	{
   1495       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma off;
   1496       1.1     skrll 
   1497       1.1     skrll 	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
   1498       1.1     skrll 	  if (off == addr)
   1499       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset += 2;
   1500       1.1     skrll 	  else if (off == addr + 2)
   1501       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1502       1.1     skrll 	}
   1503       1.1     skrll 
   1504       1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset == addr)
   1505       1.1     skrll 	{
   1506       1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset += 2;
   1507       1.1     skrll 	  add = -2;
   1508       1.1     skrll 	}
   1509       1.1     skrll       else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
   1510       1.1     skrll 	{
   1511       1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1512       1.1     skrll 	  add = 2;
   1513       1.1     skrll 	}
   1514       1.1     skrll       else
   1515       1.1     skrll 	add = 0;
   1516       1.1     skrll 
   1517       1.1     skrll       if (add != 0)
   1518       1.1     skrll 	{
   1519       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_byte *loc;
   1520       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
   1521       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean overflow;
   1522       1.1     skrll 
   1523       1.1     skrll 	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
   1524       1.1     skrll 	  overflow = FALSE;
   1525       1.1     skrll 	  switch (type)
   1526       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1527       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1528       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1529       1.1     skrll 
   1530       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1531       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1532       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1533       1.1     skrll 	      oinsn = insn;
   1534       1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1535       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1536       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1537       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1538       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1539       1.1     skrll 
   1540       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1541       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1542       1.1     skrll 	      oinsn = insn;
   1543       1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1544       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1545       1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1546       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1547       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1548       1.1     skrll 
   1549       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1550       1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
   1551       1.1     skrll 		 the program counter before adding in the offset.
   1552       1.1     skrll 		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
   1553       1.1     skrll 		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
   1554       1.1     skrll 		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
   1555       1.1     skrll 		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
   1556       1.1     skrll 	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
   1557       1.1     skrll 		{
   1558       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1559       1.1     skrll 		  oinsn = insn;
   1560       1.1     skrll 		  insn += add / 2;
   1561       1.1     skrll 		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1562       1.1     skrll 		    overflow = TRUE;
   1563       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1564       1.1     skrll 		}
   1565       1.1     skrll 
   1566       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1567       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1568  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   1569  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (overflow)
   1570  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   1571  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1572       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1573       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1574       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, irel->r_offset);
   1575       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1576       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1577       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1578       1.1     skrll 	}
   1579       1.1     skrll     }
   1580       1.1     skrll 
   1581       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1582       1.1     skrll }
   1583       1.1     skrll #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
   1584       1.1     skrll 
   1585       1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
   1587       1.1     skrll 
   1588       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_plt_info
   1589       1.1     skrll {
   1590       1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
   1591       1.1     skrll      first entry.  */
   1592       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
   1593       1.1     skrll 
   1594       1.1     skrll   /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
   1595       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
   1596       1.1     skrll 
   1597       1.1     skrll   /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
   1598       1.1     skrll      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
   1599       1.1     skrll      if there is no such pointer.  */
   1600       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
   1601       1.1     skrll 
   1602       1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
   1603       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
   1604       1.1     skrll 
   1605       1.1     skrll   /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
   1606       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
   1607       1.1     skrll 
   1608       1.1     skrll   /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
   1609       1.1     skrll      on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
   1610       1.1     skrll      that the field must hold.  */
   1611       1.3  christos   struct {
   1612       1.3  christos     bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
   1613       1.3  christos     bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
   1614       1.1     skrll     bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
   1615       1.1     skrll     bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
   1616       1.1     skrll 			  instruction (instead of a constant pool
   1617       1.1     skrll 			  entry).  */
   1618       1.3  christos   } symbol_fields;
   1619       1.3  christos 
   1620       1.3  christos   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
   1621       1.3  christos   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
   1622       1.3  christos 
   1623       1.1     skrll   /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
   1624       1.1     skrll      MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
   1625       1.1     skrll      other cases.  */
   1626       1.1     skrll   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
   1627       1.1     skrll };
   1628       1.1     skrll 
   1629       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   1630       1.1     skrll 
   1631       1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   1632       1.1     skrll 
   1633       1.1     skrll #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
   1634       1.1     skrll 
   1635       1.1     skrll /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1636       1.1     skrll 
   1637       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1638       1.1     skrll {
   1639       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
   1640       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
   1641       1.1     skrll   0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
   1642       1.1     skrll   0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1643       1.1     skrll   0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
   1644       1.1     skrll   0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1645       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1646       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1647       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1648       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1649       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1650       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1651       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1652       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1653       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1654       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1655       1.1     skrll };
   1656       1.1     skrll 
   1657       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1658       1.1     skrll {
   1659       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
   1660       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
   1661       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
   1662       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1663       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
   1664       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1665       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1666       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1667       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1668       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1669       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1670       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1671       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1672       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1673       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1674       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1675       1.1     skrll };
   1676       1.1     skrll 
   1677       1.1     skrll /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   1678       1.1     skrll    this.  */
   1679       1.1     skrll 
   1680       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1681       1.1     skrll {
   1682       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
   1683       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
   1684       1.1     skrll   0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
   1685       1.1     skrll   0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1686       1.1     skrll   0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1687       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1688       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1689       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1690       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
   1691       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
   1692       1.1     skrll   0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1693       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
   1694       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
   1695       1.1     skrll   0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1696       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1697       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1698       1.1     skrll };
   1699       1.1     skrll 
   1700       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1701       1.1     skrll {
   1702       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
   1703       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
   1704       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
   1705       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1706       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1707       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1708       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1709       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1710       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
   1711       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
   1712       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1713       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
   1714       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
   1715       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1716       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1717       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1718       1.1     skrll };
   1719       1.1     skrll 
   1720       1.1     skrll /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1721       1.1     skrll 
   1722       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1723       1.1     skrll {
   1724       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
   1725       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
   1726       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
   1727       1.1     skrll   0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1728       1.1     skrll   0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1729       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1730       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1731       1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
   1732       1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
   1733       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
   1734       1.1     skrll   0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
   1735       1.1     skrll   0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1736       1.1     skrll   0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
   1737       1.1     skrll   0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
   1738       1.1     skrll   0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
   1739       1.1     skrll   0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1740       1.1     skrll };
   1741       1.1     skrll 
   1742       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1743       1.1     skrll {
   1744       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
   1745       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
   1746       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
   1747       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1748       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1749       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1750       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1751       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
   1752       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
   1753       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
   1754       1.1     skrll   0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
   1755       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
   1756       1.1     skrll   0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
   1757       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
   1758       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
   1759       1.1     skrll   0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
   1760       1.1     skrll };
   1761       1.1     skrll 
   1762       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1763       1.1     skrll   {
   1764       1.1     skrll     {
   1765       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1766       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1767       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1768       1.3  christos       { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1769       1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1770       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1771       1.1     skrll       { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
   1772       1.1     skrll       33, /* includes ISA encoding */
   1773       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1774       1.1     skrll     },
   1775       1.1     skrll     {
   1776       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1777       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1778       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1779       1.3  christos       { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1780       1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1781       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1782       1.1     skrll       { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
   1783       1.1     skrll       33, /* includes ISA encoding */
   1784       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1785       1.1     skrll     },
   1786       1.1     skrll   },
   1787       1.1     skrll   {
   1788       1.1     skrll     {
   1789       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1790       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1791       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1792       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1793       1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1794       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1795       1.1     skrll       { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
   1796       1.1     skrll       33, /* includes ISA encoding */
   1797       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1798       1.1     skrll     },
   1799       1.1     skrll     {
   1800       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1801       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1802       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1803       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1804       1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1805       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1806       1.1     skrll       { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
   1807       1.1     skrll       33, /* includes ISA encoding */
   1808       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1809       1.1     skrll     },
   1810       1.1     skrll   }
   1811       1.1     skrll };
   1812       1.1     skrll 
   1813       1.1     skrll /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
   1814       1.1     skrll #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
   1815       1.1     skrll 
   1816       1.1     skrll /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   1817       1.1     skrll    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
   1818       1.1     skrll    not data.
   1819       1.1     skrll 
   1820       1.1     skrll    On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
   1821       1.1     skrll 
   1822       1.1     skrll inline static void
   1823       1.1     skrll install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
   1824       1.1     skrll 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
   1825       1.1     skrll {
   1826       1.1     skrll   value |= code_p;
   1827       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   1828       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
   1829       1.1     skrll 	      | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
   1830       1.1     skrll 	      addr);
   1831       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   1832       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
   1833       1.1     skrll 	      | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
   1834       1.1     skrll 	      addr + 4);
   1835       1.1     skrll }
   1836       1.1     skrll 
   1837       1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
   1838       1.1     skrll    the object is position-independent.  */
   1839       1.1     skrll 
   1840       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
   1841       1.1     skrll get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
   1842       1.1     skrll {
   1843       1.1     skrll   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   1844       1.1     skrll }
   1845       1.1     skrll #else
   1846       1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   1847       1.1     skrll 
   1848       1.1     skrll #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1849       1.1     skrll 
   1850       1.1     skrll /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1851       1.1     skrll 
   1852       1.1     skrll /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
   1853       1.1     skrll    GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
   1854       1.1     skrll    corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
   1855       1.1     skrll    to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
   1856       1.1     skrll    and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
   1857       1.1     skrll    ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
   1858       1.1     skrll    since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
   1859       1.1     skrll    greater than or equal to 12.  */
   1860       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1861       1.1     skrll {
   1862       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1863       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1864       1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1865       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1866       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1867       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1868       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1869       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1870       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1871       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1872       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1873       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1874       1.1     skrll };
   1875       1.1     skrll 
   1876       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1877       1.1     skrll {
   1878       1.1     skrll   0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1879       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1880       1.1     skrll   0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1881       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1882       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1883       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1884       1.1     skrll   0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1885       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1886       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1887       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1888       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1889       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1890       1.1     skrll };
   1891       1.1     skrll 
   1892       1.1     skrll /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   1893       1.1     skrll    this.  */
   1894       1.1     skrll 
   1895       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1896       1.1     skrll {
   1897       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1898       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1899       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1900       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1901       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1902       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1903       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1904       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1905       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1906       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1907       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1908       1.1     skrll };
   1909       1.1     skrll 
   1910       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1911       1.1     skrll {
   1912       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1913       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1914       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1915       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1916       1.1     skrll   0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1917       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1918       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1919       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1920       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1921       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1922       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1923       1.1     skrll };
   1924       1.1     skrll 
   1925       1.1     skrll /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1926       1.1     skrll 
   1927       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1928       1.1     skrll {
   1929       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1930       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1931       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1932       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */
   1933       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1934       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1935       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1936       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1937       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1938       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1939       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1940       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1941       1.1     skrll };
   1942       1.1     skrll 
   1943       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1944       1.1     skrll {
   1945       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1946       1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1947       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1948       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1949       1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1950       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1951       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1952       1.1     skrll   0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1953       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1954       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1955       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1956       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1957       1.1     skrll };
   1958       1.1     skrll 
   1959       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1960       1.1     skrll   {
   1961       1.1     skrll     {
   1962       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1963       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1964       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1965       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1966       1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1967       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1968       1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
   1969       1.1     skrll       8,
   1970       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1971       1.1     skrll     },
   1972       1.1     skrll     {
   1973       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1974       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1975       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1976       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1977       1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1978       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1979       1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
   1980       1.1     skrll       8,
   1981       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1982       1.1     skrll     },
   1983       1.1     skrll   },
   1984       1.1     skrll   {
   1985       1.1     skrll     {
   1986       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1987       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1988       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1989       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1990       1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1991       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1992       1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
   1993       1.1     skrll       8,
   1994       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1995       1.1     skrll     },
   1996       1.1     skrll     {
   1997       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1998       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1999       1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2000       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2001       1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   2002       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2003       1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
   2004       1.1     skrll       8,
   2005       1.1     skrll       NULL
   2006       1.1     skrll     },
   2007       1.1     skrll   }
   2008       1.1     skrll };
   2009       1.1     skrll 
   2010       1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
   2011       1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   2012       1.1     skrll 
   2013       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   2014       1.1     skrll {
   2015       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   2016       1.1     skrll   0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   2017       1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2018       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2019       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   2020       1.1     skrll };
   2021       1.1     skrll 
   2022       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   2023       1.1     skrll {
   2024       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   2025       1.1     skrll   0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   2026       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2027       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2028       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   2029       1.1     skrll };
   2030       1.1     skrll 
   2031       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2032       1.1     skrll {
   2033       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2034       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   2035       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2036       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2037       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   2038       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2039       1.1     skrll   0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   2040       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2041       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2042       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2043       1.1     skrll };
   2044       1.1     skrll 
   2045       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2046       1.1     skrll {
   2047       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2048       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   2049       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2050       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2051       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   2052       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2053       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   2054       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2055       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2056       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2057       1.1     skrll };
   2058       1.1     skrll 
   2059       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2060       1.1     skrll {
   2061       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2062       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   2063       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2064       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2065       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   2066       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2067       1.1     skrll   0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   2068       1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2069       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2070       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2071       1.1     skrll };
   2072       1.1     skrll 
   2073       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2074       1.1     skrll {
   2075       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2076       1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   2077       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2078       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2079       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   2080       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   2081       1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   2082       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2083       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2084       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2085       1.1     skrll };
   2086       1.1     skrll 
   2087       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   2088       1.1     skrll   {
   2089       1.1     skrll     {
   2090       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   2091       1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   2092       1.3  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   2093       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   2094       1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
   2095       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2096       1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
   2097       1.1     skrll       12,
   2098       1.1     skrll       NULL
   2099       1.1     skrll     },
   2100       1.1     skrll     {
   2101       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   2102       1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   2103       1.3  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   2104       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   2105       1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2106       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2107       1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
   2108       1.1     skrll       12,
   2109       1.1     skrll       NULL
   2110       1.1     skrll     },
   2111       1.1     skrll   },
   2112       1.1     skrll   {
   2113       1.1     skrll     {
   2114       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   2115       1.1     skrll       NULL,
   2116       1.3  christos       0,
   2117       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2118       1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   2119       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2120       1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
   2121       1.1     skrll       12,
   2122       1.1     skrll       NULL
   2123       1.1     skrll     },
   2124       1.1     skrll     {
   2125       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2126       1.1     skrll       NULL,
   2127       1.3  christos       0,
   2128       1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2129       1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   2130       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2131       1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
   2132       1.1     skrll       12,
   2133       1.1     skrll       NULL
   2134       1.3  christos     },
   2135       1.3  christos   }
   2136       1.3  christos };
   2137       1.3  christos 
   2138       1.3  christos /* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
   2139       1.3  christos    binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
   2140       1.3  christos    and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
   2141       1.3  christos    cache behavior.  */
   2142       1.3  christos 
   2143       1.3  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   2144       1.3  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
   2145       1.3  christos 
   2146       1.3  christos /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
   2147       1.3  christos    duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
   2148       1.3  christos    right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
   2149       1.3  christos    might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
   2150       1.3  christos    stubs separately.  */
   2151       1.3  christos 
   2152       1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2153       1.3  christos {
   2154       1.3  christos   0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   2155       1.3  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   2156       1.3  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   2157       1.3  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2158       1.3  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   2159       1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2160       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   2161       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2162       1.3  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   2163       1.3  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2164       1.3  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   2165       1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2166       1.3  christos };
   2167       1.3  christos 
   2168       1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2169       1.3  christos {
   2170       1.3  christos   0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   2171       1.3  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   2172       1.3  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   2173       1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2174       1.3  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   2175       1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2176       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   2177       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2178       1.3  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   2179       1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2180       1.3  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   2181       1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2182       1.3  christos };
   2183       1.3  christos 
   2184       1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
   2185       1.3  christos   {
   2186       1.3  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   2187       1.3  christos     NULL,
   2188       1.3  christos     0,
   2189       1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2190       1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   2191       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2192       1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2193       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2194       1.3  christos     NULL
   2195       1.3  christos   },
   2196       1.3  christos   {
   2197       1.3  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2198       1.3  christos     NULL,
   2199       1.3  christos     0,
   2200       1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2201       1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2202       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2203       1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2204       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2205       1.3  christos     NULL
   2206       1.3  christos   },
   2207       1.3  christos };
   2208       1.3  christos 
   2209       1.3  christos /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
   2210       1.3  christos    entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
   2211       1.3  christos    past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
   2212       1.3  christos    but would not be any smaller.  */
   2213       1.3  christos 
   2214       1.3  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   2215       1.3  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
   2216       1.3  christos 
   2217       1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2218       1.3  christos {
   2219       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   2220       1.3  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   2221       1.3  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   2222       1.3  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2223       1.3  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   2224       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2225       1.3  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   2226       1.3  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2227       1.3  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   2228       1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   2229       1.3  christos };
   2230       1.3  christos 
   2231       1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   2232       1.3  christos {
   2233       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   2234       1.3  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   2235       1.3  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   2236       1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   2237       1.3  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   2238       1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   2239       1.3  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   2240       1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   2241       1.3  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   2242       1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   2243       1.3  christos };
   2244       1.3  christos 
   2245       1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
   2246       1.3  christos   /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   2247       1.3  christos   NULL,
   2248       1.3  christos   0,
   2249       1.3  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2250       1.3  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
   2251       1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2252       1.3  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
   2253       1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2254       1.3  christos   NULL
   2255       1.3  christos };
   2256       1.3  christos 
   2257       1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
   2258       1.3  christos   /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   2259       1.3  christos   NULL,
   2260       1.3  christos   0,
   2261       1.3  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2262       1.3  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
   2263       1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2264       1.3  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
   2265       1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2266       1.3  christos   NULL
   2267       1.3  christos };
   2268       1.3  christos 
   2269       1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
   2270       1.3  christos   {
   2271       1.3  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   2272       1.3  christos     NULL,
   2273       1.3  christos     0,
   2274       1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2275       1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   2276       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2277       1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2278       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2279       1.3  christos     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
   2280       1.3  christos   },
   2281       1.3  christos   {
   2282       1.3  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2283       1.3  christos     NULL,
   2284       1.3  christos     0,
   2285       1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2286       1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2287       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2288       1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2289       1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2290       1.1     skrll     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
   2291       1.1     skrll   },
   2292       1.1     skrll };
   2293       1.1     skrll 
   2294       1.3  christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
   2295       1.1     skrll    the object is position-independent.  */
   2296       1.3  christos 
   2297       1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
   2298       1.3  christos get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
   2299       1.3  christos {
   2300       1.3  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2301       1.3  christos     {
   2302       1.3  christos       /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
   2303       1.3  christos 	 sequence.  */
   2304       1.3  christos       if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
   2305       1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2306       1.1     skrll       else
   2307       1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2308       1.1     skrll     }
   2309       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
   2310       1.1     skrll     return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2311       1.1     skrll   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2312       1.1     skrll }
   2313       1.1     skrll 
   2314       1.1     skrll /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   2315       1.1     skrll    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
   2316       1.1     skrll    not data.  */
   2317       1.1     skrll 
   2318       1.1     skrll inline static void
   2319       1.1     skrll install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2320       1.1     skrll 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
   2321       1.1     skrll {
   2322       1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
   2323       1.3  christos }
   2324       1.3  christos #endif
   2325       1.3  christos 
   2326       1.3  christos /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
   2327       1.3  christos    Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
   2328       1.1     skrll    20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
   2329       1.1     skrll    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2330       1.1     skrll #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
   2331       1.1     skrll 
   2332       1.1     skrll /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
   2333       1.3  christos 
   2334       1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2335       1.3  christos get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
   2336       1.3  christos {
   2337       1.3  christos   bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
   2338       1.3  christos 
   2339       1.3  christos   offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
   2340       1.3  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2341       1.3  christos     {
   2342       1.3  christos       if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
   2343       1.3  christos 	{
   2344       1.3  christos 	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2345       1.3  christos 	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2346       1.3  christos 	}
   2347       1.1     skrll       else
   2348       1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2349       1.1     skrll     }
   2350       1.1     skrll   return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
   2351       1.1     skrll }
   2352       1.3  christos 
   2353       1.1     skrll /* Do the inverse operation.  */
   2354       1.3  christos 
   2355       1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2356       1.3  christos get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
   2357       1.3  christos {
   2358       1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset = 0;
   2359       1.3  christos 
   2360       1.3  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2361       1.3  christos     {
   2362       1.3  christos       if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   2363       1.3  christos 	{
   2364       1.3  christos 	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2365       1.3  christos 	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2366       1.3  christos 	}
   2367       1.3  christos       else
   2368       1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2369       1.1     skrll     }
   2370       1.3  christos   return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
   2371       1.3  christos 	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
   2372       1.3  christos }
   2373       1.3  christos 
   2374       1.3  christos union gotref
   2375       1.3  christos {
   2376       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2377       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2378       1.1     skrll };
   2379       1.1     skrll 
   2380       1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
   2381       1.1     skrll 
   2382       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
   2383       1.1     skrll {
   2384       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
   2385       1.1     skrll 
   2386       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   2387       1.1     skrll   union
   2388       1.1     skrll   {
   2389       1.1     skrll     bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2390       1.1     skrll     bfd_vma offset;
   2391  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   } datalabel_got;
   2392       1.1     skrll #endif
   2393       1.1     skrll 
   2394       1.1     skrll   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
   2395       1.3  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
   2396       1.3  christos 
   2397       1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
   2398       1.3  christos 
   2399       1.3  christos   /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
   2400       1.3  christos      R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   2401       1.3  christos      relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
   2402       1.3  christos      for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
   2403       1.3  christos      MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
   2404       1.3  christos      managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
   2405       1.3  christos      During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
   2406       1.3  christos      descriptor will be canonical.  */
   2407       1.3  christos   union gotref funcdesc;
   2408       1.3  christos 
   2409       1.4  christos   /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
   2410       1.3  christos      and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
   2411       1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   2412       1.1     skrll 
   2413       1.1     skrll   enum got_type {
   2414       1.1     skrll     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
   2415       1.1     skrll   } got_type;
   2416       1.1     skrll };
   2417       1.1     skrll 
   2418       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
   2419       1.1     skrll 
   2420       1.3  christos struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2421       1.3  christos {
   2422       1.3  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
   2423       1.3  christos 
   2424       1.3  christos   /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
   2425       1.1     skrll   char *local_got_type;
   2426       1.1     skrll 
   2427       1.1     skrll   /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
   2428       1.1     skrll   union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   2429       1.1     skrll };
   2430       1.3  christos 
   2431       1.3  christos #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
   2432       1.3  christos   ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
   2433       1.3  christos 
   2434       1.3  christos #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
   2435       1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
   2436       1.1     skrll 
   2437       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
   2438       1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
   2439       1.3  christos 
   2440       1.1     skrll #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
   2441       1.1     skrll   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
   2442       1.1     skrll    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
   2443       1.1     skrll    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
   2444       1.1     skrll 
   2445       1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2446       1.1     skrll    as the specific tdata.  */
   2447       1.1     skrll 
   2448       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2449       1.1     skrll sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
   2450       1.1     skrll {
   2451       1.1     skrll   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
   2452       1.1     skrll 				  SH_ELF_DATA);
   2453       1.1     skrll }
   2454       1.1     skrll 
   2455       1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2456       1.1     skrll 
   2457       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
   2458       1.1     skrll {
   2459       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
   2460       1.3  christos 
   2461       1.3  christos   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
   2462       1.3  christos   asection *sdynbss;
   2463       1.1     skrll   asection *srelbss;
   2464       1.1     skrll   asection *sfuncdesc;
   2465       1.1     skrll   asection *srelfuncdesc;
   2466       1.1     skrll   asection *srofixup;
   2467       1.3  christos 
   2468       1.3  christos   /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
   2469       1.1     skrll   asection *srelplt2;
   2470       1.1     skrll 
   2471       1.1     skrll   /* Small local sym cache.  */
   2472       1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
   2473       1.1     skrll 
   2474       1.1     skrll   /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
   2475       1.1     skrll   union
   2476       1.1     skrll     {
   2477       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2478       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
   2479       1.1     skrll     } tls_ldm_got;
   2480       1.1     skrll 
   2481       1.1     skrll   /* The type of PLT to use.  */
   2482       1.3  christos   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2483       1.3  christos 
   2484       1.3  christos   /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
   2485       1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
   2486       1.1     skrll 
   2487       1.1     skrll   /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
   2488       1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
   2489       1.1     skrll };
   2490       1.1     skrll 
   2491       1.1     skrll /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2492       1.1     skrll 
   2493       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
   2494       1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
   2495       1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
   2496       1.1     skrll     (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
   2497       1.1     skrll     (info)))
   2498       1.3  christos 
   2499       1.3  christos /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
   2500       1.1     skrll 
   2501       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
   2502       1.1     skrll   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
   2503       1.1     skrll   == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
   2504       1.1     skrll 
   2505       1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2506       1.1     skrll 
   2507       1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   2508       1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   2509       1.1     skrll 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
   2510       1.1     skrll 			  const char *string)
   2511       1.1     skrll {
   2512       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
   2513       1.1     skrll     (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   2514       1.1     skrll 
   2515       1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   2516       1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
   2517       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2518       1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2519       1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   2520       1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
   2521       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2522       1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2523       1.1     skrll 
   2524       1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   2525       1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2526       1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
   2527       1.1     skrll 				     table, string));
   2528       1.1     skrll   if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2529       1.1     skrll     {
   2530       1.1     skrll       ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2531       1.3  christos       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2532       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   2533       1.3  christos       ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
   2534       1.1     skrll #endif
   2535       1.1     skrll       ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   2536       1.1     skrll       ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   2537       1.1     skrll       ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   2538       1.1     skrll     }
   2539       1.1     skrll 
   2540       1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2541       1.1     skrll }
   2542       1.1     skrll 
   2543       1.1     skrll /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2544       1.1     skrll 
   2545       1.1     skrll static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   2546       1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   2547       1.4  christos {
   2548       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
   2549       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
   2550       1.1     skrll 
   2551       1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2552       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
   2553       1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2554       1.3  christos 
   2555       1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
   2556       1.1     skrll 				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
   2557       1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
   2558       1.1     skrll 				      SH_ELF_DATA))
   2559       1.1     skrll     {
   2560       1.1     skrll       free (ret);
   2561       1.3  christos       return NULL;
   2562       1.1     skrll     }
   2563       1.1     skrll 
   2564       1.1     skrll   ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
   2565       1.1     skrll   ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
   2566       1.3  christos 
   2567       1.3  christos   return &ret->root.root;
   2568       1.3  christos }
   2569       1.3  christos 
   2570       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2571       1.3  christos sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2572       1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
   2573       1.3  christos {
   2574       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2575       1.3  christos 
   2576       1.3  christos   /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
   2577       1.3  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2578       1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   2579       1.3  christos 
   2580       1.3  christos   /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
   2581       1.3  christos      relocate independently.  */
   2582       1.3  christos   switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
   2583       1.3  christos     {
   2584       1.3  christos     case SHT_PROGBITS:
   2585       1.3  christos     case SHT_NOBITS:
   2586       1.3  christos       /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
   2587       1.3  christos 	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
   2588       1.3  christos     case SHT_NULL:
   2589       1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   2590       1.3  christos 
   2591       1.3  christos       /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
   2592       1.3  christos 	 against any other section.  */
   2593       1.3  christos     default:
   2594       1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2595       1.1     skrll     }
   2596       1.1     skrll }
   2597       1.1     skrll 
   2598       1.1     skrll /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
   2599       1.1     skrll    shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
   2600       1.1     skrll 
   2601       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2602       1.1     skrll create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2603       1.1     skrll {
   2604       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2605       1.1     skrll 
   2606       1.3  christos   if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2607       1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   2608       1.3  christos 
   2609       1.4  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2610       1.4  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2611       1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2612       1.4  christos 
   2613       1.4  christos   htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
   2614       1.3  christos 							(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2615       1.3  christos 							 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2616       1.3  christos 							 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2617       1.3  christos 							 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
   2618       1.4  christos   if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
   2619       1.4  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
   2620       1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2621       1.4  christos 
   2622       1.4  christos   htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2623       1.4  christos 							   ".rela.got.funcdesc",
   2624       1.4  christos 							   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2625       1.3  christos 							    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2626       1.3  christos 							    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2627       1.3  christos 							    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2628       1.3  christos 							    | SEC_READONLY));
   2629       1.3  christos   if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
   2630       1.4  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
   2631       1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2632       1.4  christos 
   2633       1.4  christos   /* Also create .rofixup.  */
   2634       1.4  christos   htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
   2635       1.4  christos 						       (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2636       1.3  christos 							| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2637       1.3  christos 							| SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2638       1.1     skrll 							| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2639       1.3  christos 							| SEC_READONLY));
   2640       1.1     skrll   if (htab->srofixup == NULL
   2641       1.1     skrll       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
   2642       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2643       1.1     skrll 
   2644       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2645       1.1     skrll }
   2646       1.1     skrll 
   2647       1.1     skrll /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
   2648       1.1     skrll 
   2649       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2650       1.3  christos sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2651       1.1     skrll {
   2652       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2653       1.1     skrll   flagword flags, pltflags;
   2654       1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2655       1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2656       1.1     skrll   int ptralign = 0;
   2657       1.1     skrll 
   2658       1.1     skrll   switch (bed->s->arch_size)
   2659       1.1     skrll     {
   2660       1.1     skrll     case 32:
   2661       1.1     skrll       ptralign = 2;
   2662       1.1     skrll       break;
   2663       1.1     skrll 
   2664       1.1     skrll     case 64:
   2665       1.1     skrll       ptralign = 3;
   2666       1.1     skrll       break;
   2667       1.1     skrll 
   2668       1.1     skrll     default:
   2669       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2670       1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   2671       1.3  christos     }
   2672       1.3  christos 
   2673       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2674       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2675       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2676       1.1     skrll 
   2677       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2678       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2679       1.1     skrll 
   2680       1.1     skrll   /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
   2681       1.1     skrll      .rel[a].bss sections.  */
   2682       1.1     skrll 
   2683       1.1     skrll   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2684       1.1     skrll 	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2685       1.1     skrll 
   2686       1.1     skrll   pltflags = flags;
   2687       1.1     skrll   pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
   2688       1.1     skrll   if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
   2689       1.4  christos     pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   2690  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (bed->plt_readonly)
   2691       1.1     skrll     pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
   2692       1.1     skrll 
   2693       1.1     skrll   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
   2694       1.1     skrll   htab->root.splt = s;
   2695       1.1     skrll   if (s == NULL
   2696       1.1     skrll       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
   2697       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2698       1.1     skrll 
   2699       1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_plt_sym)
   2700       1.1     skrll     {
   2701       1.1     skrll       /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
   2702       1.1     skrll 	 .plt section.  */
   2703       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2704       1.1     skrll       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   2705       1.1     skrll 
   2706       1.1     skrll       if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
   2707       1.1     skrll 	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
   2708       1.1     skrll 	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
   2709       1.1     skrll 	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
   2710       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2711       1.1     skrll 
   2712       1.1     skrll       h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   2713       1.6  christos       h->def_regular = 1;
   2714       1.1     skrll       h->type = STT_OBJECT;
   2715       1.1     skrll       htab->root.hplt = h;
   2716       1.1     skrll 
   2717       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2718       1.4  christos 	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2719       1.4  christos 	return FALSE;
   2720       1.4  christos     }
   2721       1.4  christos 
   2722  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2723       1.1     skrll 					  bed->default_use_rela_p
   2724       1.1     skrll 					  ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
   2725       1.1     skrll 					  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2726       1.1     skrll   htab->root.srelplt = s;
   2727  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (s == NULL
   2728       1.1     skrll       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
   2729       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2730       1.1     skrll 
   2731       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
   2732       1.1     skrll       && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
   2733       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2734       1.1     skrll 
   2735       1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_dynbss)
   2736       1.1     skrll     {
   2737       1.1     skrll       /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
   2738       1.1     skrll 	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
   2739       1.4  christos 	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
   2740       1.4  christos 	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2741       1.1     skrll 	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
   2742       1.1     skrll 	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
   2743       1.1     skrll       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
   2744       1.1     skrll 					      SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2745       1.1     skrll       htab->sdynbss = s;
   2746       1.1     skrll       if (s == NULL)
   2747       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2748       1.1     skrll 
   2749       1.1     skrll       /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
   2750       1.1     skrll 	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
   2751       1.1     skrll 	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
   2752       1.1     skrll 	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
   2753       1.1     skrll 	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
   2754       1.1     skrll 	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
   2755       1.1     skrll 	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
   2756       1.6  christos 	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
   2757       1.1     skrll 	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
   2758       1.4  christos 	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
   2759       1.4  christos 	 copy relocs.  */
   2760       1.4  christos       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2761       1.4  christos 	{
   2762       1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2763       1.1     skrll 						  (bed->default_use_rela_p
   2764       1.1     skrll 						   ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
   2765       1.1     skrll 						  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2766       1.1     skrll 	  htab->srelbss = s;
   2767       1.1     skrll 	  if (s == NULL
   2768       1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
   2769       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2770       1.1     skrll 	}
   2771       1.1     skrll     }
   2772       1.1     skrll 
   2773       1.1     skrll   if (htab->vxworks_p)
   2774       1.1     skrll     {
   2775       1.1     skrll       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   2776       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2777       1.1     skrll     }
   2778  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2779  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   return TRUE;
   2780  1.8.12.1  pgoyette }
   2781  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2782  1.8.12.1  pgoyette /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections.  */
   2784  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2785  1.8.12.1  pgoyette static asection *
   2786  1.8.12.1  pgoyette readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2787  1.8.12.1  pgoyette {
   2788  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2789  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2790  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   for (p = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2791  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2792  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   2793  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2794  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2795       1.1     skrll 	return p->sec;
   2796       1.1     skrll     }
   2797       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   2798       1.1     skrll }
   2799       1.1     skrll 
   2800       1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2801       1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2802       1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2803       1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2804       1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2805       1.1     skrll 
   2806       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2807       1.1     skrll sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2808       1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2809       1.3  christos {
   2810       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2811       1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2812       1.1     skrll 
   2813       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2814       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2815       1.5      matt     return FALSE;
   2816  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   2817       1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2818       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
   2819       1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2820       1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2821       1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2822       1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2823       1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2824       1.5      matt 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2825       1.1     skrll 
   2826       1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2827       1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2828       1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2829       1.1     skrll   if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2830       1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2831       1.1     skrll     {
   2832       1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2833       1.1     skrll 	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2834       1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2835       1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2836       1.1     skrll 	{
   2837       1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
   2838       1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2839       1.1     skrll 	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
   2840       1.1     skrll 	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
   2841       1.1     skrll 	     reloc instead.  */
   2842       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2843       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2844       1.1     skrll 	}
   2845       1.1     skrll 
   2846       1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2847       1.1     skrll     }
   2848       1.1     skrll   else
   2849  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2850       1.1     skrll 
   2851  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2852  1.8.12.1  pgoyette      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2853  1.8.12.1  pgoyette      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2854  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2855       1.1     skrll     {
   2856  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2857       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2858       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2859       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2860       1.1     skrll       if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2861       1.1     skrll 	h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
   2862       1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2863       1.1     skrll     }
   2864       1.1     skrll 
   2865       1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2866       1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2867       1.6  christos 
   2868       1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2869       1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2870       1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2871       1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2872       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2873       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2874       1.1     skrll 
   2875       1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2876  1.8.12.1  pgoyette      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2877       1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2878       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2879       1.1     skrll 
   2880       1.1     skrll   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2881       1.1     skrll   if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
   2882  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   2883  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2884  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       return TRUE;
   2885       1.1     skrll     }
   2886       1.1     skrll 
   2887       1.1     skrll   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2888       1.1     skrll      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2889       1.1     skrll   if (0 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   2890       1.1     skrll     {
   2891       1.1     skrll       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2892       1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2893       1.1     skrll     }
   2894       1.1     skrll 
   2895       1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2896       1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2897       1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2898       1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2899       1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2900       1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2901       1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2902       1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2903       1.1     skrll      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2904       1.1     skrll 
   2905       1.1     skrll   s = htab->sdynbss;
   2906       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2907       1.4  christos 
   2908       1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2909       1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2910       1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2911       1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2912       1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2913       1.1     skrll     {
   2914       1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   2915       1.1     skrll 
   2916       1.1     skrll       srel = htab->srelbss;
   2917       1.6  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2918       1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2919       1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2920       1.1     skrll     }
   2921       1.1     skrll 
   2922       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2923       1.1     skrll }
   2924       1.1     skrll 
   2925       1.1     skrll /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2926       1.1     skrll    dynamic relocs.  */
   2927       1.1     skrll 
   2928       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2929  1.8.12.1  pgoyette allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   2930       1.1     skrll {
   2931       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2932       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2933       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2934       1.1     skrll   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2935       1.1     skrll 
   2936       1.3  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2937       1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   2938       1.1     skrll 
   2939       1.1     skrll   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2940       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2941       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2942       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2943       1.1     skrll 
   2944       1.1     skrll   eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2945       1.1     skrll   if ((h->got.refcount > 0
   2946       1.1     skrll        || h->forced_local)
   2947       1.1     skrll       && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
   2948       1.1     skrll     {
   2949       1.1     skrll       /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
   2950       1.1     skrll 	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
   2951       1.1     skrll       h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2952       1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
   2953       1.1     skrll 	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2954       1.1     skrll     }
   2955       1.1     skrll 
   2956       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2957       1.1     skrll       && h->plt.refcount > 0
   2958       1.1     skrll       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2959       1.1     skrll 	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2960       1.1     skrll     {
   2961       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2962       1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2963       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2964       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2965       1.6  christos 	{
   2966       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2967       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2968  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	}
   2969       1.3  christos 
   2970       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2971       1.1     skrll 	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
   2972       1.1     skrll 	{
   2973       1.1     skrll 	  asection *s = htab->root.splt;
   2974       1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2975       1.1     skrll 
   2976       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2977       1.1     skrll 	     first entry.  */
   2978       1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2979       1.1     skrll 	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
   2980       1.1     skrll 
   2981       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2982       1.3  christos 
   2983       1.3  christos 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2984       1.3  christos 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2985       1.6  christos 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2986       1.1     skrll 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2987       1.1     skrll 	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
   2988       1.1     skrll 	     function's address will be the address of the canonical
   2989       1.1     skrll 	     function descriptor.  */
   2990       1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
   2991       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2992       1.3  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2993       1.3  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2994       1.3  christos 	    }
   2995       1.3  christos 
   2996       1.3  christos 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2997       1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   2998       1.1     skrll 	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
   2999       1.1     skrll 	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
   3000       1.3  christos 	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   3001  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
   3002       1.3  christos 
   3003  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3004       1.1     skrll 	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3005       1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   3006  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
   3007       1.1     skrll 	  else
   3008       1.6  christos 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
   3009       1.1     skrll 
   3010       1.1     skrll 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
   3011       1.1     skrll 	  htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3012       1.1     skrll 
   3013       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3014       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3015       1.1     skrll 	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
   3016       1.1     skrll 		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
   3017       1.1     skrll 		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
   3018       1.1     skrll 
   3019       1.1     skrll 	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
   3020       1.1     skrll 		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   3021       1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
   3022       1.1     skrll 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3023       1.1     skrll 
   3024       1.1     skrll 	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
   3025       1.1     skrll 		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
   3026       1.1     skrll 		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
   3027       1.1     skrll 	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   3028       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3029       1.1     skrll 	}
   3030       1.1     skrll       else
   3031       1.1     skrll 	{
   3032       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3033       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3034       1.1     skrll 	}
   3035       1.1     skrll     }
   3036       1.1     skrll   else
   3037       1.1     skrll     {
   3038       1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3039       1.1     skrll       h->needs_plt = 0;
   3040       1.1     skrll     }
   3041       1.4  christos 
   3042       1.1     skrll   if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   3043       1.1     skrll     {
   3044       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   3045       1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean dyn;
   3046       1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   3047       1.1     skrll 
   3048       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   3049       1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   3050       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3051       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3052  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
   3053       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3054       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3055       1.1     skrll 	}
   3056       1.3  christos 
   3057       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3058       1.1     skrll       h->got.offset = s->size;
   3059       1.3  christos       s->size += 4;
   3060       1.3  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   3061       1.3  christos       if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3062       1.6  christos 	s->size += 4;
   3063       1.3  christos       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   3064       1.3  christos       if (!dyn)
   3065       1.3  christos 	{
   3066       1.3  christos 	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
   3067       1.4  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3068       1.6  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3069       1.6  christos 	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   3070       1.6  christos 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3071       1.4  christos 	}
   3072       1.1     skrll       /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
   3073       1.1     skrll       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   3074       1.3  christos 	       && !h->def_dynamic
   3075       1.3  christos 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3076  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	;
   3077       1.3  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
   3078  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
   3079       1.3  christos       else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   3080       1.3  christos 	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3081       1.6  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3082       1.3  christos       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3083       1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3084  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   3085       1.3  christos 	{
   3086       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   3087       1.1     skrll 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3088       1.6  christos 	  else
   3089       1.1     skrll 	    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3090  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	}
   3091       1.6  christos       else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3092       1.6  christos 		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3093       1.6  christos 	       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3094       1.3  christos 		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
   3095       1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3096       1.3  christos       else if (htab->fdpic_p
   3097       1.1     skrll 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3098       1.1     skrll 	       && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   3099       1.1     skrll 	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3100       1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3101       1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3102       1.1     skrll     }
   3103       1.1     skrll   else
   3104       1.1     skrll     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3105       1.1     skrll 
   3106       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   3107       1.1     skrll   if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
   3108       1.1     skrll     {
   3109       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   3110       1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean dyn;
   3111       1.1     skrll 
   3112       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   3113       1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   3114       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3115       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3116  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
   3117       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3118       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3119       1.1     skrll 	}
   3120       1.6  christos 
   3121  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3122       1.1     skrll       eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
   3123       1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   3124       1.1     skrll       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   3125       1.1     skrll       if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h))
   3126       1.1     skrll 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3127       1.3  christos     }
   3128       1.3  christos   else
   3129       1.3  christos     eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3130       1.3  christos #endif
   3131       1.3  christos 
   3132       1.3  christos   /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
   3133       1.3  christos      descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
   3134       1.3  christos      reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
   3135       1.3  christos      undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
   3136       1.3  christos      static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
   3137       1.6  christos   if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
   3138       1.3  christos       && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3139       1.3  christos 	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   3140  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
   3141       1.3  christos     {
   3142       1.3  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   3143       1.3  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
   3144       1.3  christos       else
   3145       1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size
   3146       1.3  christos 	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3147       1.3  christos     }
   3148       1.3  christos 
   3149       1.3  christos   /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
   3150       1.3  christos      a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
   3151       1.3  christos      the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
   3152       1.3  christos      applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
   3153       1.3  christos      canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
   3154       1.3  christos      won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
   3155       1.3  christos   if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
   3156       1.3  christos        || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   3157       1.3  christos       && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3158       1.3  christos       && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   3159       1.3  christos     {
   3160       1.3  christos       /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
   3161       1.6  christos       eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   3162       1.3  christos       htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   3163       1.3  christos 
   3164       1.3  christos       /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
   3165       1.3  christos 	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
   3166       1.3  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3167       1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   3168       1.1     skrll       else
   3169       1.1     skrll 	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3170       1.1     skrll     }
   3171       1.1     skrll 
   3172       1.1     skrll   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   3173       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3174       1.1     skrll 
   3175       1.1     skrll   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   3176       1.6  christos      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   3177       1.1     skrll      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   3178       1.1     skrll      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   3179       1.1     skrll      visibility changes.  */
   3180  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3181       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3182       1.1     skrll     {
   3183       1.1     skrll       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3184       1.1     skrll 	{
   3185       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   3186       1.1     skrll 
   3187       1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   3188       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3189       1.1     skrll 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   3190       1.1     skrll 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   3191       1.1     skrll 	      if (p->count == 0)
   3192       1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   3193       1.1     skrll 	      else
   3194       1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   3195  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    }
   3196       1.1     skrll 	}
   3197       1.1     skrll 
   3198       1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p)
   3199       1.1     skrll 	{
   3200       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   3201       1.1     skrll 
   3202       1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   3203       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3204       1.1     skrll 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   3205       1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   3206       1.1     skrll 	      else
   3207       1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   3208       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3209       1.1     skrll 	}
   3210       1.1     skrll 
   3211  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   3212  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 visibility.  */
   3213       1.1     skrll       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   3214       1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3215       1.1     skrll 	{
   3216       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3217       1.1     skrll 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   3218       1.1     skrll 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   3219       1.1     skrll 
   3220       1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   3221       1.1     skrll 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   3222       1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   3223       1.1     skrll 		   && !h->forced_local)
   3224       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3225       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3226       1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3227       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3228       1.1     skrll 	}
   3229       1.1     skrll     }
   3230       1.1     skrll   else
   3231       1.1     skrll     {
   3232       1.1     skrll       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   3233       1.1     skrll 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   3234       1.1     skrll 	 dynamic.  */
   3235       1.1     skrll 
   3236       1.1     skrll       if (!h->non_got_ref
   3237       1.1     skrll 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   3238       1.1     skrll 	       && !h->def_regular)
   3239       1.1     skrll 	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   3240       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3241       1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   3242       1.1     skrll 	{
   3243       1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   3244       1.1     skrll 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   3245       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   3246       1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   3247       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3248       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3249       1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3250       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3251       1.1     skrll 
   3252       1.1     skrll 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   3253       1.1     skrll 	     relocs.  */
   3254       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   3255       1.1     skrll 	    goto keep;
   3256       1.1     skrll 	}
   3257       1.1     skrll 
   3258       1.1     skrll       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   3259       1.1     skrll 
   3260       1.1     skrll     keep: ;
   3261       1.1     skrll     }
   3262       1.1     skrll 
   3263       1.3  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   3264       1.3  christos   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   3265       1.6  christos     {
   3266       1.3  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   3267       1.1     skrll       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3268       1.1     skrll 
   3269       1.1     skrll       /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   3270       1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3271       1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   3272  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     }
   3273  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3274       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3275       1.1     skrll }
   3276  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3277       1.1     skrll /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
   3278  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    read-only sections.  */
   3279       1.1     skrll 
   3280  1.8.12.1  pgoyette static bfd_boolean
   3281  1.8.12.1  pgoyette maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
   3282       1.1     skrll {
   3283  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   asection *sec;
   3284  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3285  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   3286  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     return TRUE;
   3287       1.1     skrll 
   3288  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
   3289  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (sec != NULL)
   3290  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   3291  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
   3292       1.1     skrll 
   3293  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3294  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       info->callbacks->minfo
   3295       1.1     skrll 	(_("%B: dynamic relocation against `%T' in read-only section `%A'\n"),
   3296       1.1     skrll 	 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
   3297       1.1     skrll 
   3298       1.1     skrll       /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   3299       1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   3300       1.1     skrll     }
   3301       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3302       1.1     skrll }
   3303       1.1     skrll 
   3304       1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3305       1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3306       1.6  christos    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3307       1.6  christos 
   3308       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3309       1.6  christos sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3310       1.6  christos {
   3311       1.6  christos   sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
   3312       1.6  christos 						     bfd_link_pic (info));
   3313       1.3  christos 
   3314       1.3  christos   if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3315       1.3  christos       && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
   3316       1.1     skrll 				      "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
   3317       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3318       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3319       1.1     skrll }
   3320       1.1     skrll 
   3321       1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3322       1.1     skrll 
   3323       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3324       1.1     skrll sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3325       1.1     skrll 			      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3326       1.1     skrll {
   3327       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3328       1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3329       1.3  christos   asection *s;
   3330       1.3  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3331       1.3  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   3332       1.1     skrll 
   3333       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3334       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   3335       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3336       1.1     skrll 
   3337       1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   3338       1.6  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3339       1.1     skrll 
   3340       1.4  christos   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3341       1.1     skrll     {
   3342       1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3343       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3344       1.1     skrll 	{
   3345       1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3346       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3347       1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3348       1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3349       1.6  christos 	}
   3350       1.1     skrll     }
   3351       1.1     skrll 
   3352       1.1     skrll   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   3353       1.3  christos      relocs.  */
   3354       1.3  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   3355       1.1     skrll     {
   3356       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   3357       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   3358       1.1     skrll       union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
   3359       1.1     skrll       char *local_got_type;
   3360       1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   3361       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3362       1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   3363       1.1     skrll 
   3364  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
   3365       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3366  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3367       1.1     skrll       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3368       1.1     skrll 	{
   3369       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   3370       1.1     skrll 
   3371       1.1     skrll 	  for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
   3372       1.1     skrll 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
   3373       1.1     skrll 	       p != NULL;
   3374       1.1     skrll 	       p = p->next)
   3375       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3376       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   3377       1.1     skrll 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   3378       1.1     skrll 		{
   3379       1.1     skrll 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   3380       1.1     skrll 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   3381       1.1     skrll 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   3382       1.1     skrll 		     the relocs too.  */
   3383       1.1     skrll 		}
   3384       1.1     skrll 	      else if (htab->vxworks_p
   3385       1.1     skrll 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   3386       1.1     skrll 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   3387       1.1     skrll 		{
   3388       1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   3389       1.1     skrll 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   3390       1.1     skrll 		}
   3391  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   3392  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		{
   3393  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   3394  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3395  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3396       1.3  christos 		    {
   3397       1.3  christos 		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3398       1.6  christos 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%B: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%A'\n"),
   3399       1.3  christos 					      p->sec->owner, p->sec);
   3400       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3401       1.1     skrll 
   3402       1.1     skrll 		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   3403       1.1     skrll 		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3404       1.1     skrll 		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   3405       1.1     skrll 		}
   3406       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3407       1.1     skrll 	}
   3408       1.1     skrll 
   3409       1.1     skrll       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   3410  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3411  1.8.12.1  pgoyette #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   3412       1.3  christos       /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
   3413       1.3  christos       locsymcount *= 2;
   3414       1.3  christos #endif
   3415       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3416       1.3  christos       srel = htab->root.srelgot;
   3417       1.3  christos 
   3418       1.3  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   3419       1.3  christos       if (local_got)
   3420       1.3  christos 	{
   3421       1.3  christos 	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   3422       1.3  christos 	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
   3423       1.3  christos 	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3424       1.3  christos 	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   3425       1.3  christos 	    {
   3426       1.3  christos 	      if (*local_got > 0)
   3427       1.6  christos 		{
   3428       1.3  christos 		  *local_got = s->size;
   3429       1.3  christos 		  s->size += 4;
   3430       1.3  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3431       1.3  christos 		    s->size += 4;
   3432       1.3  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3433       1.3  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3434       1.3  christos 		  else
   3435       1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3436       1.3  christos 
   3437       1.3  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   3438       1.3  christos 		    {
   3439       1.3  christos 		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3440       1.3  christos 			{
   3441       1.3  christos 			  bfd_size_type size;
   3442       1.3  christos 
   3443       1.3  christos 			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
   3444       1.3  christos 			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
   3445       1.3  christos 									size);
   3446       1.3  christos 			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3447       1.3  christos 			    return FALSE;
   3448       1.3  christos 			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
   3449       1.3  christos 			  local_funcdesc += (local_got
   3450       1.3  christos 					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
   3451       1.3  christos 			}
   3452       1.3  christos 		      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
   3453       1.3  christos 		      ++local_funcdesc;
   3454       1.3  christos 		    }
   3455       1.3  christos 		}
   3456       1.3  christos 	      else
   3457       1.3  christos 		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3458       1.3  christos 	      ++local_got_type;
   3459       1.3  christos 	    }
   3460       1.3  christos 	}
   3461       1.3  christos 
   3462       1.3  christos       local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3463       1.1     skrll       if (local_funcdesc)
   3464       1.3  christos 	{
   3465       1.3  christos 	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
   3466       1.3  christos 
   3467       1.3  christos 	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
   3468       1.6  christos 	    {
   3469       1.3  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
   3470       1.3  christos 		{
   3471       1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   3472       1.3  christos 		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   3473       1.3  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3474       1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   3475       1.1     skrll 		  else
   3476       1.1     skrll 		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3477       1.3  christos 		}
   3478       1.1     skrll 	      else
   3479       1.1     skrll 		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
   3480       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3481       1.1     skrll 	}
   3482       1.1     skrll 
   3483       1.1     skrll     }
   3484  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3485  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   3486  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   3487       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
   3488       1.1     skrll 	 relocs.  */
   3489       1.1     skrll       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
   3490       1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
   3491       1.3  christos       htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3492       1.3  christos     }
   3493       1.3  christos   else
   3494       1.3  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   3495  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3496  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
   3497       1.3  christos      the end of .got.plt.  */
   3498       1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3499       1.1     skrll     {
   3500       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
   3501       1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
   3502       1.1     skrll     }
   3503       1.3  christos 
   3504       1.3  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   3505       1.3  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   3506       1.3  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   3507  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3508  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
   3509       1.3  christos      end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
   3510       1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3511       1.3  christos     {
   3512       1.3  christos       htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
   3513       1.3  christos       htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
   3514       1.3  christos     }
   3515       1.1     skrll 
   3516       1.1     skrll   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   3517       1.1     skrll   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   3518       1.1     skrll     htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3519       1.1     skrll 
   3520       1.1     skrll   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
   3521       1.1     skrll      Allocate memory for them.  */
   3522       1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3523  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3524  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   3525  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3526       1.3  christos 	continue;
   3527       1.3  christos 
   3528       1.1     skrll       if (s == htab->root.splt
   3529       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgot
   3530       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgotplt
   3531       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc
   3532       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->srofixup
   3533       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->sdynbss)
   3534       1.1     skrll 	{
   3535  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   3536       1.1     skrll 	     comment below.  */
   3537       1.1     skrll 	}
   3538       1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
   3539       1.1     skrll 	{
   3540       1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
   3541       1.1     skrll 	    relocs = TRUE;
   3542       1.1     skrll 
   3543       1.1     skrll 	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3544       1.1     skrll 	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3545       1.1     skrll 	  s->reloc_count = 0;
   3546       1.1     skrll 	}
   3547       1.1     skrll       else
   3548       1.1     skrll 	{
   3549       1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3550       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3551       1.1     skrll 	}
   3552       1.1     skrll 
   3553       1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3554       1.1     skrll 	{
   3555       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3556       1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3557       1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3558       1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3559       1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3560       1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3561       1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3562       1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3563       1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3564       1.1     skrll 
   3565       1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3566       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3567       1.1     skrll 	}
   3568       1.1     skrll 
   3569       1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3570       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3571       1.1     skrll 
   3572       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
   3573       1.1     skrll 	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
   3574       1.1     skrll 	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
   3575       1.1     skrll 	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
   3576       1.1     skrll 	 of garbage.  */
   3577       1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3578       1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3579       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3580       1.1     skrll     }
   3581       1.1     skrll 
   3582       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3583       1.1     skrll     {
   3584       1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3585       1.1     skrll 	 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3586       1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3587       1.6  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3588       1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3589       1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3590       1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3591       1.1     skrll 
   3592       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3593  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	{
   3594       1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3595       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3596       1.1     skrll 	}
   3597       1.1     skrll 
   3598       1.1     skrll       if (htab->root.splt->size != 0)
   3599       1.1     skrll 	{
   3600       1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3601       1.6  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3602       1.3  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3603       1.3  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3604       1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3605       1.3  christos 	}
   3606       1.1     skrll       else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
   3607       1.1     skrll 	{
   3608       1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
   3609       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3610       1.1     skrll 	}
   3611       1.1     skrll 
   3612       1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3613       1.1     skrll 	{
   3614       1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3615       1.1     skrll 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3616       1.1     skrll 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
   3617       1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3618  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    return FALSE;
   3619       1.1     skrll 
   3620       1.1     skrll 	  /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   3621       1.1     skrll 	     then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   3622       1.1     skrll 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3623       1.1     skrll 	    elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, maybe_set_textrel, info);
   3624       1.1     skrll 
   3625       1.1     skrll 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3626       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3627       1.1     skrll 	      if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3628       1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3629       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3630       1.1     skrll 	}
   3631       1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p
   3632       1.1     skrll 	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
   3633       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3634       1.1     skrll     }
   3635       1.3  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3636       1.3  christos 
   3637       1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3638       1.3  christos }
   3639       1.3  christos 
   3640       1.3  christos /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
   3642       1.3  christos 
   3643       1.3  christos inline static bfd_vma
   3644       1.3  christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
   3645       1.3  christos 		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
   3646       1.3  christos {
   3647       1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3648       1.3  christos   bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   3649       1.3  christos 
   3650       1.3  christos   outrel.r_offset = offset;
   3651       1.3  christos   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
   3652       1.3  christos   outrel.r_addend = addend;
   3653       1.3  christos 
   3654       1.3  christos   reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3655       1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
   3656       1.3  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
   3657       1.3  christos 			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
   3658       1.3  christos   sreloc->reloc_count++;
   3659       1.3  christos 
   3660       1.3  christos   return reloc_offset;
   3661       1.3  christos }
   3662       1.3  christos 
   3663       1.3  christos /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
   3664       1.3  christos 
   3665       1.3  christos inline static void
   3666       1.3  christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
   3667       1.3  christos {
   3668       1.3  christos   bfd_vma fixup_offset;
   3669       1.3  christos 
   3670       1.3  christos   fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
   3671       1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
   3672       1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
   3673       1.3  christos }
   3674       1.3  christos 
   3675  1.8.12.1  pgoyette /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
   3676       1.3  christos    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
   3677       1.3  christos 
   3678       1.3  christos static bfd_signed_vma
   3679       1.3  christos sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
   3680       1.3  christos {
   3681       1.3  christos   return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
   3682       1.3  christos 	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   3683       1.3  christos }
   3684       1.3  christos 
   3685       1.4  christos /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
   3686       1.4  christos    located.  */
   3687       1.6  christos 
   3688       1.6  christos static unsigned
   3689       1.6  christos sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3690       1.4  christos {
   3691       1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
   3692       1.3  christos 
   3693       1.3  christos   if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3694       1.3  christos       /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
   3695       1.3  christos       && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
   3696       1.3  christos     p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
   3697       1.3  christos 
   3698       1.3  christos   /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
   3699       1.3  christos      supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
   3700       1.3  christos      a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
   3701       1.3  christos   return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
   3702       1.3  christos }
   3703       1.4  christos 
   3704       1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3705       1.3  christos sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3706       1.3  christos {
   3707       1.3  christos   unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
   3708       1.3  christos 
   3709       1.3  christos   return (seg != (unsigned) -1
   3710       1.3  christos 	  && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
   3711       1.3  christos }
   3712       1.3  christos 
   3713       1.3  christos /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
   3714       1.3  christos    with any relocations or fixups required.  */
   3715       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3716       1.3  christos sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
   3717       1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3718       1.3  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3719       1.3  christos 			    bfd_vma offset,
   3720       1.3  christos 			    asection *section,
   3721       1.3  christos 			    bfd_vma value)
   3722       1.3  christos {
   3723       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3724       1.3  christos   int dynindx;
   3725       1.3  christos   bfd_vma addr, seg;
   3726       1.3  christos 
   3727       1.3  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3728       1.3  christos 
   3729       1.3  christos   /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
   3730       1.3  christos      descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
   3731       1.3  christos      go in the reloc instead... */
   3732       1.3  christos 
   3733       1.3  christos   if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3734       1.3  christos     {
   3735       1.3  christos       section = h->root.u.def.section;
   3736       1.3  christos       value = h->root.u.def.value;
   3737       1.3  christos     }
   3738       1.3  christos 
   3739       1.3  christos   if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3740       1.3  christos     {
   3741       1.3  christos       dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
   3742       1.3  christos       addr = value + section->output_offset;
   3743       1.3  christos       seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
   3744       1.3  christos     }
   3745       1.3  christos   else
   3746       1.6  christos     {
   3747       1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3748       1.3  christos       dynindx = h->dynindx;
   3749       1.3  christos       addr = seg = 0;
   3750       1.3  christos     }
   3751       1.3  christos 
   3752       1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3753       1.3  christos     {
   3754       1.3  christos       if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3755       1.3  christos 	{
   3756       1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3757       1.3  christos 			      offset
   3758       1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3759       1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3760       1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3761       1.3  christos 			      offset + 4
   3762       1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3763       1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3764       1.3  christos 	}
   3765       1.3  christos 
   3766       1.3  christos       /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
   3767       1.3  christos 	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
   3768       1.3  christos       addr += section->output_section->vma;
   3769       1.3  christos       seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   3770       1.3  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   3771       1.3  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   3772       1.3  christos     }
   3773       1.3  christos   else
   3774       1.3  christos     sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
   3775       1.3  christos 			  offset
   3776       1.3  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3777       1.3  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
   3778       1.3  christos 			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
   3779       1.3  christos 
   3780       1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
   3781       1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
   3782       1.3  christos 
   3783       1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3784       1.3  christos }
   3785       1.3  christos 
   3786       1.3  christos /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   3787       1.3  christos    VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
   3788       1.3  christos    otherwise.  */
   3789       1.3  christos 
   3790       1.3  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3791       1.3  christos install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
   3792       1.3  christos 		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3793       1.3  christos 		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
   3794       1.3  christos {
   3795       1.3  christos   unsigned long cur_val;
   3796       1.3  christos   bfd_byte *addr;
   3797       1.3  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3798       1.3  christos 
   3799       1.3  christos   if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
   3800       1.3  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   3801       1.3  christos 
   3802       1.3  christos   r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
   3803       1.3  christos 			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
   3804       1.3  christos   if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3805       1.3  christos     return r;
   3806       1.3  christos 
   3807       1.3  christos   addr = contents + offset;
   3808       1.3  christos   cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
   3809       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
   3810       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
   3811       1.1     skrll 
   3812       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3813       1.1     skrll }
   3814       1.1     skrll 
   3815       1.1     skrll /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
   3816       1.1     skrll 
   3817       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3818       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3819       1.1     skrll 			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3820       1.1     skrll 			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3821       1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3822       1.1     skrll 			 asection **local_sections)
   3823       1.3  christos {
   3824       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3825       1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3826       1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3827       1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   3828       1.3  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3829       1.3  christos   asection *sgot = NULL;
   3830       1.3  christos   asection *sgotplt = NULL;
   3831       1.1     skrll   asection *splt = NULL;
   3832       1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc = NULL;
   3833       1.1     skrll   asection *srelgot = NULL;
   3834       1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
   3835       1.3  christos   unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
   3836       1.3  christos   bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
   3837  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3838  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
   3839  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3840  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3841       1.3  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   3842       1.3  christos     {
   3843       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   3844       1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   3845       1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   3846       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   3847       1.3  christos       fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
   3848       1.3  christos     }
   3849       1.3  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   3850       1.3  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3851       1.3  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3852       1.3  christos 
   3853       1.3  christos   isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3854       1.3  christos 					 input_section->output_section);
   3855       1.3  christos   if (fdpic_p && sgot)
   3856       1.3  christos     got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3857       1.3  christos 					  sgot->output_section);
   3858       1.3  christos   else
   3859       1.3  christos     got_segment = -1;
   3860       1.1     skrll   if (fdpic_p && splt)
   3861       1.1     skrll     plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3862       1.6  christos 					  splt->output_section);
   3863       1.1     skrll   else
   3864       1.1     skrll     plt_segment = -1;
   3865       1.1     skrll 
   3866       1.1     skrll   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   3867       1.1     skrll      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   3868       1.1     skrll   is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
   3869       1.1     skrll 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   3870       1.1     skrll 				".tls_vars"));
   3871       1.1     skrll 
   3872       1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3873       1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3874       1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3875       1.1     skrll     {
   3876       1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3877       1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3878       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3879       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3880       1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3881       1.4  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3882       1.3  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3883  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
   3884       1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3885       1.1     skrll       int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
   3886       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma off;
   3887       1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type;
   3888       1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   3889       1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
   3890       1.1     skrll 
   3891       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3892       1.1     skrll 
   3893       1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3894       1.1     skrll 
   3895       1.1     skrll       /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
   3896       1.1     skrll 	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
   3897       1.1     skrll       if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
   3898       1.1     skrll 	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   3899       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3900       1.1     skrll       if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
   3901       1.3  christos 	continue;
   3902       1.3  christos 
   3903       1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0
   3904       1.1     skrll 	  || r_type >= R_SH_max
   3905       1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
   3906       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
   3907       1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
   3908       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
   3909       1.3  christos 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
   3910       1.3  christos 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
   3911       1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
   3912       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
   3913       1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
   3914       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
   3915       1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
   3916       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
   3917       1.1     skrll 	{
   3918       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3919       1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3920       1.1     skrll 	}
   3921       1.1     skrll 
   3922       1.1     skrll       howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
   3923  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   3924       1.1     skrll       /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
   3925       1.1     skrll 	 the relocation.  */
   3926       1.1     skrll       if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3927       1.3  christos 	addend = rel->r_addend;
   3928       1.3  christos 
   3929       1.1     skrll       resolved_to_zero = FALSE;
   3930       1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3931       1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3932       1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3933       1.3  christos       check_segment[0] = -1;
   3934       1.3  christos       check_segment[1] = -1;
   3935       1.3  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3936       1.3  christos 	{
   3937       1.3  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3938       1.3  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3939       1.1     skrll 
   3940       1.1     skrll 	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3941       1.1     skrll 	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
   3942       1.1     skrll 	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
   3943       1.1     skrll 	    symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   3944       1.1     skrll 
   3945       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
   3946       1.8  christos 			+ sec->output_offset
   3947       1.8  christos 			+ sym->st_value);
   3948       1.8  christos 	  /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
   3949       1.8  christos 	     datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
   3950       1.1     skrll 	     without notice.  */
   3951       1.4  christos 	  if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
   3952       1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
   3953       1.1     skrll 	      (info,
   3954       1.6  christos 	       _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
   3955       1.1     skrll 	       input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3956       1.1     skrll 
   3957       1.1     skrll 	  if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3958       1.1     skrll 	    /* Handled below.  */
   3959       1.1     skrll 	    ;
   3960       1.1     skrll 	  else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3961       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3962       1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
   3963       1.1     skrll 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
   3964       1.1     skrll 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
   3965       1.1     skrll 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
   3966       1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3967       1.1     skrll 		{
   3968       1.1     skrll 		  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3969       1.1     skrll 		    {
   3970       1.1     skrll 		      /* For relocations with the addend in the
   3971       1.1     skrll 			 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
   3972       1.1     skrll 			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
   3973       1.1     skrll 			 code is mostly for completeness.  */
   3974       1.1     skrll 		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
   3975       1.1     skrll 
   3976       1.1     skrll 		      continue;
   3977       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3978       1.1     skrll 
   3979       1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
   3980       1.1     skrll 		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
   3981       1.1     skrll 		     from the changed location of the section symbol.
   3982       1.1     skrll 		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
   3983       1.1     skrll 		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
   3984       1.1     skrll 		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
   3985       1.1     skrll 		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
   3986       1.1     skrll 		     final link.  */
   3987       1.1     skrll 		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
   3988       1.1     skrll 					      sec->output_offset
   3989       1.1     skrll 					      + sym->st_value,
   3990       1.1     skrll 					      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3991       1.1     skrll 		  goto relocation_done;
   3992       1.1     skrll 		}
   3993       1.1     skrll 
   3994       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3995       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3996       1.1     skrll 	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3997       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3998       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3999       1.1     skrll 	      addend = rel->r_addend;
   4000       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4001       1.1     skrll 	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
   4002  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   4003  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   4004  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      asection *msec;
   4005       1.1     skrll 
   4006  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
   4007       1.1     skrll 		{
   4008       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4009       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4010       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
   4011       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section,
   4012       1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   4013       1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   4014       1.1     skrll 		}
   4015       1.1     skrll 
   4016       1.1     skrll 	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4017       1.1     skrll 	      msec = sec;
   4018       1.1     skrll 	      addend =
   4019       1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
   4020       1.1     skrll 		- relocation;
   4021       1.1     skrll 	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
   4022       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4023       1.1     skrll 	      addend = 0;
   4024       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4025       1.1     skrll 	}
   4026       1.3  christos       else
   4027       1.1     skrll 	{
   4028       1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
   4029       1.1     skrll 
   4030       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = 0;
   4031       1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   4032       1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   4033       1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   4034       1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   4035       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4036       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4037       1.1     skrll 	      /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
   4038       1.1     skrll 		 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
   4039       1.1     skrll 		 doesn't count.  */
   4040       1.1     skrll 	      seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
   4041       1.1     skrll #endif
   4042       1.1     skrll 	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   4043       1.3  christos 	    }
   4044       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4045       1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4046       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4047       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   4048       1.1     skrll 
   4049       1.1     skrll 	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
   4050       1.1     skrll 	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4051       1.1     skrll 	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
   4052       1.1     skrll 		 We check specially because in some obscure cases
   4053       1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
   4054       1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
   4055       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
   4056       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
   4057       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
   4058       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
   4059       1.1     skrll 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
   4060       1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
   4061       1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
   4062       1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
   4063       1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
   4064       1.3  christos 		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4065       1.3  christos 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
   4066       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
   4067       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
   4068       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
   4069       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   4070       1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   4071       1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
   4072       1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
   4073       1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
   4074       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
   4075       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
   4076       1.1     skrll 		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   4077       1.1     skrll 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   4078       1.1     skrll 							  h)
   4079       1.1     skrll 		      && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4080       1.1     skrll 			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   4081       1.6  christos 			  || !h->def_regular))
   4082       1.1     skrll 		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
   4083       1.1     skrll 		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
   4084       1.1     skrll 		     below are those in which we must defer relocation
   4085       1.1     skrll 		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
   4086       1.1     skrll 		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
   4087       1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4088       1.1     skrll 		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   4089       1.1     skrll 			  || !h->def_regular)
   4090       1.1     skrll 		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   4091       1.1     skrll 			   && !h->forced_local)
   4092       1.1     skrll 			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   4093       1.1     skrll 			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4094       1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   4095       1.1     skrll 			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
   4096       1.1     skrll 			     sections against symbols defined externally
   4097       1.1     skrll 			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
   4098       1.1     skrll 			     with them here.  */
   4099       1.1     skrll 			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4100       1.1     skrll 			      && h->def_dynamic)))
   4101       1.1     skrll 		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
   4102       1.3  christos 		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
   4103       1.3  christos 		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
   4104       1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   4105       1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4106       1.1     skrll 			  && h->def_dynamic))
   4107       1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   4108       1.1     skrll 		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   4109       1.1     skrll 			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
   4110       1.1     skrll 		;
   4111       1.1     skrll 	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
   4112       1.1     skrll 		relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
   4113       1.1     skrll 			      + sec->output_section->vma
   4114       1.6  christos 			      + sec->output_offset)
   4115       1.4  christos 			      /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
   4116       1.4  christos 				 symbol value, unless we've seen
   4117       1.4  christos 				 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
   4118       1.4  christos 			      | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
   4119       1.1     skrll 				 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
   4120  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   4121  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4122  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 						    input_section,
   4123       1.1     skrll 						    rel->r_offset)
   4124       1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   4125  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		{
   4126       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4127       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4128       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4129       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   4130       1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   4131       1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset,
   4132  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		     howto->name,
   4133       1.1     skrll 		     h->root.root.string);
   4134       1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   4135       1.1     skrll 		}
   4136       1.6  christos 	    }
   4137       1.8  christos 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4138       1.8  christos 	    resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
   4139       1.8  christos 	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   4140       1.8  christos 		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   4141       1.8  christos 	    ;
   4142       1.1     skrll 	  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   4143       1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
   4144       1.4  christos 	      (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
   4145       1.3  christos 	       input_section, rel->r_offset,
   4146       1.4  christos 	       (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
   4147       1.1     skrll 		|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)));
   4148       1.6  christos 	}
   4149       1.1     skrll 
   4150       1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   4151       1.3  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   4152       1.3  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   4153       1.3  christos 
   4154       1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   4155       1.3  christos 	continue;
   4156       1.3  christos 
   4157       1.3  christos       /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
   4158       1.3  christos 	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
   4159       1.3  christos 	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
   4160       1.3  christos       check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
   4161       1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL)
   4162       1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   4163       1.1     skrll 						   sec->output_section);
   4164       1.1     skrll       else
   4165       1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = -1;
   4166       1.1     skrll 
   4167       1.1     skrll       switch ((int) r_type)
   4168       1.1     skrll 	{
   4169       1.1     skrll 	final_link_relocate:
   4170       1.1     skrll 	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
   4171       1.1     skrll 	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
   4172       1.1     skrll 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4173       1.1     skrll 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   4174       1.1     skrll 					relocation, addend);
   4175       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4176       1.1     skrll 
   4177       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
   4178       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4179       1.1     skrll 
   4180       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   4181       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   4182       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   4183       1.1     skrll 	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
   4184       1.1     skrll 	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
   4185       1.1     skrll 	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
   4186       1.1     skrll 	     against the start of this section, then it's against an
   4187       1.1     skrll 	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
   4188       1.1     skrll 	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
   4189       1.1     skrll 	      != relocation)
   4190       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4191       1.1     skrll 	      int disp = (relocation
   4192       1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_section->vma
   4193       1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_offset
   4194       1.1     skrll 			  - rel->r_offset);
   4195       1.1     skrll 	      int mask = 0;
   4196       1.1     skrll 	      switch (r_type)
   4197       1.1     skrll 		{
   4198       1.1     skrll 		case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   4199  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
   4200  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
   4201  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		default: mask = 0; break;
   4202  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		}
   4203  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      if (disp & mask)
   4204       1.1     skrll 		{
   4205       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4206       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4207       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
   4208       1.1     skrll 		     input_section->owner,
   4209       1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset);
   4210       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4211       1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   4212       1.1     skrll 		}
   4213       1.1     skrll 	      relocation -= 4;
   4214       1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4215       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4216       1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4217       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4218       1.1     skrll 
   4219       1.1     skrll 	default:
   4220       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4221       1.1     skrll 	  if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   4222       1.1     skrll 				     contents, rel, &relocation))
   4223       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4224       1.1     skrll #endif
   4225       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4226       1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   4227       1.1     skrll 
   4228       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR16:
   4229       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8:
   4230       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8U:
   4231       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8S:
   4232       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR4U:
   4233  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4234  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4235  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_DIR8UL:
   4236  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_DIR4UL:
   4237  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (relocation & 3)
   4238  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   4239       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4240       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4241       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation %#Lx"),
   4242       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   4243       1.1     skrll 		 rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   4244       1.1     skrll 		 relocation);
   4245       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4246       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4247       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4248       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4249  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4250  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_DIR8UW:
   4251  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_DIR8SW:
   4252  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_DIR4UW:
   4253  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (relocation & 1)
   4254  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   4255       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4256       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4257       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation %#Lx"),
   4258       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   4259       1.1     skrll 		 rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   4260       1.1     skrll 		 relocation);
   4261       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4262       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4263       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4264  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4265  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4266  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_PSHA:
   4267  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32
   4268  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      || (signed int)relocation > 32)
   4269  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   4270       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4271       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4272       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %Ld not in range -32..32"),
   4273       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   4274       1.1     skrll 		 rel->r_offset,
   4275       1.1     skrll 		 relocation);
   4276       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4277       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4278       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4279  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4280  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4281  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_PSHL:
   4282  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16
   4283  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      || (signed int)relocation > 16)
   4284  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    {
   4285       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4286       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4287       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %Ld not in range -32..32"),
   4288       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   4289       1.1     skrll 		 rel->r_offset,
   4290       1.1     skrll 		 relocation);
   4291       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4292       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4293       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4294       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4295       1.1     skrll 
   4296       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   4297       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_REL32:
   4298       1.6  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4299       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
   4300  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
   4301  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
   4302       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
   4303       1.3  christos #endif
   4304       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4305       1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   4306       1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4307       1.1     skrll 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   4308       1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4309       1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4310       1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   4311       1.1     skrll 	      && !is_vxworks_tls
   4312       1.1     skrll 	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   4313       1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4314       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4315       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4316       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4317       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4318       1.1     skrll 
   4319       1.3  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4320       1.3  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4321       1.3  christos 		 time.  */
   4322       1.1     skrll 
   4323       1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4324       1.1     skrll 		{
   4325       1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   4326       1.1     skrll 		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   4327       1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   4328       1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   4329       1.1     skrll 		}
   4330       1.1     skrll 
   4331       1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   4332       1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4333       1.1     skrll 
   4334       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4335       1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4336       1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   4337       1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4338       1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   4339       1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4340       1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4341       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4342       1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4343       1.1     skrll 
   4344       1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   4345       1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4346       1.1     skrll 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   4347       1.1     skrll 		{
   4348       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
   4349       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
   4350       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   4351       1.1     skrll 		    = (howto->partial_inplace
   4352       1.1     skrll 		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4353       1.1     skrll 		       : addend);
   4354       1.1     skrll 		}
   4355       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4356       1.1     skrll 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
   4357       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
   4358       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
   4359       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
   4360       1.3  christos 		{
   4361       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
   4362       1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4363       1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = addend;
   4364       1.3  christos 		}
   4365       1.3  christos #endif
   4366       1.3  christos 	      else if (fdpic_p
   4367       1.3  christos 		       && (h == NULL
   4368       1.3  christos 			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   4369       1.3  christos 			       && h->def_regular)))
   4370       1.3  christos 		{
   4371       1.3  christos 		  int dynindx;
   4372       1.3  christos 
   4373       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
   4374       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
   4375       1.3  christos 		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4376       1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4377       1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4378       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   4379       1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   4380       1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4381       1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   4382       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4383       1.1     skrll 		}
   4384       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4385       1.1     skrll 		{
   4386       1.1     skrll 		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
   4387       1.1     skrll 		     become local.  */
   4388       1.1     skrll 		  if (h == NULL
   4389       1.1     skrll 		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   4390       1.1     skrll 			  && h->def_regular))
   4391       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4392       1.1     skrll 		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
   4393       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4394       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4395       1.1     skrll 		  else
   4396       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4397       1.1     skrll 		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4398       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4399       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4400       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4401       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   4402       1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   4403       1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4404       1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   4405       1.3  christos 		}
   4406       1.3  christos 
   4407       1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4408       1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4409       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4410       1.1     skrll 
   4411       1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4412       1.1     skrll 
   4413       1.1     skrll 	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
   4414       1.6  christos 		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
   4415       1.3  christos 		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
   4416       1.3  christos 		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
   4417       1.3  christos 	      if (! relocate)
   4418       1.3  christos 		continue;
   4419       1.3  christos 	    }
   4420       1.3  christos 	  else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4421       1.3  christos 		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   4422       1.3  christos 		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   4423       1.3  christos 	    {
   4424       1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4425  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4426  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4427  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4428       1.3  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4429       1.3  christos 					    input_section->output_section))
   4430  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  {
   4431       1.3  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4432       1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4433       1.3  christos 		      (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4434       1.3  christos 		       input_bfd,
   4435       1.3  christos 		       input_section,
   4436       1.3  christos 		       rel->r_offset,
   4437       1.3  christos 		       symname);
   4438       1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4439       1.3  christos 		  }
   4440       1.3  christos 
   4441       1.3  christos 	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4442       1.3  christos 						input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4443       1.3  christos 	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4444       1.3  christos 		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4445       1.6  christos 				    input_section->output_section->vma
   4446       1.6  christos 				    + input_section->output_offset
   4447       1.6  christos 				    + rel->r_offset);
   4448       1.6  christos 
   4449       1.6  christos 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4450       1.6  christos 	    }
   4451       1.1     skrll 	    /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
   4452       1.1     skrll 	       symbols.  */
   4453       1.1     skrll 	    else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   4454       1.1     skrll 		     && h
   4455       1.1     skrll 		     && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4456       1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4457       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4458       1.1     skrll 
   4459       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   4460       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4461       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
   4462       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
   4463       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
   4464       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
   4465       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
   4466       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
   4467       1.6  christos #endif
   4468       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4469       1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4470       1.1     skrll 
   4471       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   4472       1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   4473       1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4474       1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   4475       1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4476       1.1     skrll 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   4477       1.3  christos 	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4478       1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   4479       1.1     skrll 
   4480       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4481       1.1     skrll 	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
   4482       1.1     skrll 
   4483       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4484       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4485       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
   4486       1.1     skrll 			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
   4487       1.1     skrll 			   + 3) * 4);
   4488       1.1     skrll 
   4489       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4490       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4491       1.3  christos #endif
   4492       1.1     skrll 
   4493       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4494       1.1     skrll 
   4495       1.1     skrll 	force_got:
   4496       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   4497       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   4498       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4499       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
   4500       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
   4501       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
   4502       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
   4503       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
   4504       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
   4505       1.3  christos #endif
   4506       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4507       1.1     skrll 	     offset table.  */
   4508       1.1     skrll 
   4509       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4510       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4511       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4512       1.1     skrll 
   4513       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4514       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4515       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   4516       1.1     skrll 
   4517       1.1     skrll 	      off = h->got.offset;
   4518       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4519       1.1     skrll 	      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
   4520       1.1     skrll 		{
   4521       1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
   4522       1.1     skrll 
   4523       1.1     skrll 		  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
   4524       1.6  christos 		  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
   4525       1.6  christos 		}
   4526       1.6  christos #endif
   4527       1.6  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4528       1.1     skrll 
   4529  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   4530  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   4531       1.1     skrll 						     bfd_link_pic (info),
   4532       1.1     skrll 						     h)
   4533       1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4534       1.1     skrll 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4535       1.1     skrll 		  || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   4536       1.1     skrll 		       || resolved_to_zero)
   4537       1.1     skrll 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4538       1.1     skrll 		{
   4539       1.1     skrll 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   4540       1.1     skrll 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4541       1.1     skrll 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   4542       1.1     skrll 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   4543       1.1     skrll 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   4544       1.1     skrll 		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   4545       1.1     skrll 		     least significant bit to record whether we have
   4546       1.1     skrll 		     initialized it already.
   4547       1.1     skrll 
   4548       1.1     skrll 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   4549       1.1     skrll 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   4550       1.1     skrll 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   4551       1.1     skrll 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4552       1.1     skrll 		    off &= ~1;
   4553       1.1     skrll 		  else
   4554       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4555       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4556       1.1     skrll 				  sgot->contents + off);
   4557       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4558       1.1     skrll 		      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
   4559       1.1     skrll 			{
   4560       1.1     skrll 			  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
   4561       1.1     skrll 
   4562       1.3  christos 			  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
   4563       1.3  christos 			  hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
   4564       1.3  christos 			}
   4565       1.6  christos 		      else
   4566       1.3  christos #endif
   4567       1.3  christos 			h->got.offset |= 1;
   4568       1.3  christos 
   4569       1.3  christos 		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
   4570       1.3  christos 			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
   4571       1.3  christos 		      if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4572       1.3  christos 			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   4573       1.1     skrll 			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4574       1.1     skrll 			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4575       1.1     skrll 			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4576       1.3  christos 					    sgot->output_section->vma
   4577       1.1     skrll 					    + sgot->output_offset
   4578       1.1     skrll 					    + off);
   4579       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4580       1.1     skrll 		}
   4581       1.1     skrll 
   4582       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4583       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4584       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4585       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4586       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4587       1.1     skrll 	      if (rel->r_addend)
   4588       1.1     skrll 		{
   4589       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   4590       1.1     skrll 			      && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
   4591       1.1     skrll 						    + r_symndx]
   4592       1.1     skrll 				  != (bfd_vma) -1));
   4593       1.1     skrll 
   4594       1.1     skrll 		  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
   4595       1.1     skrll 					  + r_symndx];
   4596       1.1     skrll 		}
   4597       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4598       1.1     skrll 		{
   4599       1.1     skrll #endif
   4600       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   4601       1.1     skrll 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4602       1.1     skrll 
   4603       1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4604       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4605       1.1     skrll 		}
   4606       1.1     skrll #endif
   4607       1.1     skrll 
   4608       1.1     skrll 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   4609       1.1     skrll 		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
   4610       1.1     skrll 		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   4611       1.6  christos 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4612       1.1     skrll 		off &= ~1;
   4613       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4614       1.1     skrll 		{
   4615       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   4616       1.1     skrll 
   4617       1.1     skrll 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4618       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4619       1.3  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4620       1.3  christos 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   4621       1.3  christos 
   4622       1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4623       1.3  christos 					 + sgot->output_offset
   4624       1.3  christos 					 + off);
   4625       1.3  christos 		      if (fdpic_p)
   4626       1.3  christos 			{
   4627       1.3  christos 			  int dynindx
   4628       1.3  christos 			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4629       1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4630       1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4631       1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4632       1.1     skrll 			}
   4633       1.1     skrll 		      else
   4634       1.1     skrll 			{
   4635       1.1     skrll 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4636       1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4637       1.3  christos 			}
   4638       1.3  christos 		      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4639       1.3  christos 		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4640       1.3  christos 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4641       1.3  christos 		    }
   4642       1.3  christos 		  else if (fdpic_p
   4643       1.1     skrll 			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
   4644       1.1     skrll 			       == GOT_NORMAL))
   4645       1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4646       1.1     skrll 					sgot->output_section->vma
   4647       1.1     skrll 					+ sgot->output_offset
   4648       1.1     skrll 					+ off);
   4649       1.1     skrll 
   4650       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4651       1.1     skrll 		  if (rel->r_addend)
   4652       1.3  christos 		    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
   4653       1.1     skrll 		  else
   4654       1.1     skrll #endif
   4655       1.1     skrll 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4656       1.1     skrll 		}
   4657       1.1     skrll 
   4658       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4659       1.3  christos 	    }
   4660       1.3  christos 
   4661       1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4662       1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4663       1.3  christos #endif
   4664       1.3  christos 
   4665       1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
   4666       1.3  christos 	    {
   4667       1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4668       1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4669       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4670       1.3  christos 	      break;
   4671       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4672       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4673       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4674       1.1     skrll 
   4675       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   4676       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   4677       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4678       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
   4679       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
   4680       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
   4681       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
   4682       1.3  christos #endif
   4683       1.3  christos 	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
   4684       1.3  christos 	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
   4685       1.3  christos 	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
   4686       1.1     skrll 	     descriptors in front of it.  */
   4687       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4688       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4689       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = got_segment;
   4690       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
   4691       1.1     skrll 	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   4692       1.1     skrll 
   4693       1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4694       1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4695       1.3  christos #endif
   4696       1.3  christos 
   4697       1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4698       1.3  christos 
   4699       1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
   4700       1.3  christos 	    {
   4701       1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4702       1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4703       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4704       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4705       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4706       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4707       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4708       1.1     skrll 
   4709       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPC:
   4710       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4711       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
   4712       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
   4713       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
   4714       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
   4715       1.1     skrll #endif
   4716       1.1     skrll 	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
   4717       1.1     skrll 
   4718       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4719       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   4720       1.1     skrll 
   4721       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4722       1.1     skrll 	  relocation += GOT_BIAS;
   4723       1.1     skrll #endif
   4724       1.1     skrll 
   4725       1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4726       1.1     skrll 
   4727       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4728       1.1     skrll 
   4729       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   4730       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4731       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
   4732       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
   4733       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
   4734       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
   4735       1.1     skrll #endif
   4736       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4737       1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4738       1.3  christos 
   4739       1.3  christos 	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
   4740       1.3  christos 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   4741       1.3  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   4742       1.3  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4743       1.3  christos 
   4744       1.3  christos 	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
   4745       1.1     skrll 	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
   4746       1.1     skrll 	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
   4747       1.1     skrll 	     behavior.  */
   4748       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4749       1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4750       1.1     skrll 
   4751       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   4752       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4753       1.1     skrll 
   4754       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4755       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4756       1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   4757       1.3  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   4758       1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   4759       1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4760       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4761       1.1     skrll 
   4762       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4763       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
   4764       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   4765       1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   4766       1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4767       1.1     skrll 
   4768       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   4769       1.1     skrll 	  relocation++;
   4770       1.3  christos #endif
   4771       1.3  christos 
   4772       1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4773       1.3  christos 
   4774       1.3  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4775       1.3  christos 
   4776       1.3  christos 	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
   4777       1.3  christos 	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
   4778       1.3  christos 	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
   4779       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   4780       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   4781       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   4782       1.3  christos 	  {
   4783       1.3  christos 	    int dynindx = -1;
   4784       1.3  christos 	    asection *reloc_section;
   4785       1.3  christos 	    bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   4786       1.3  christos 	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
   4787       1.3  christos 
   4788       1.3  christos 	    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4789       1.3  christos 
   4790       1.3  christos 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4791       1.3  christos 
   4792       1.3  christos 	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
   4793       1.3  christos 	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
   4794       1.3  christos 	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
   4795       1.3  christos 	       does.  */
   4796       1.3  christos 
   4797       1.3  christos 	    relocation = 0;
   4798       1.3  christos 	    addend = 0;
   4799       1.3  christos 
   4800       1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4801       1.3  christos 	      {
   4802       1.3  christos 		reloc_section = input_section;
   4803       1.3  christos 		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
   4804       1.3  christos 	      }
   4805       1.3  christos 	    else
   4806       1.3  christos 	      {
   4807       1.3  christos 		reloc_section = sgot;
   4808       1.3  christos 
   4809       1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4810       1.3  christos 		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
   4811       1.3  christos 		else
   4812       1.3  christos 		  {
   4813       1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   4814       1.3  christos 		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4815       1.3  christos 		  }
   4816       1.3  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4817       1.3  christos 
   4818       1.3  christos 		if (reloc_offset & 1)
   4819       1.3  christos 		  {
   4820       1.3  christos 		    reloc_offset &= ~1;
   4821       1.3  christos 		    goto funcdesc_done_got;
   4822       1.3  christos 		  }
   4823       1.3  christos 	      }
   4824       1.3  christos 
   4825       1.3  christos 	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4826       1.3  christos 		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4827       1.3  christos 		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
   4828       1.3  christos 	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
   4829       1.3  christos 		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
   4830       1.3  christos 	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4831       1.3  christos 	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4832       1.3  christos 		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4833       1.3  christos 	      {
   4834       1.3  christos 		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
   4835       1.3  christos 		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
   4836       1.3  christos 		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
   4837       1.3  christos 		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
   4838       1.3  christos 		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
   4839       1.3  christos 		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
   4840       1.3  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
   4841       1.3  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4842       1.3  christos 		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4843       1.3  christos 		  + h->root.u.def.value;
   4844       1.3  christos 	      }
   4845       1.3  christos 	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4846       1.3  christos 	      {
   4847       1.3  christos 		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
   4848       1.3  christos 		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
   4849       1.3  christos 		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
   4850       1.3  christos 		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
   4851       1.3  christos 		   descriptor.  */
   4852       1.3  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4853       1.3  christos 		dynindx = h->dynindx;
   4854       1.3  christos 	      }
   4855       1.3  christos 	    else
   4856       1.3  christos 	      {
   4857       1.3  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4858       1.3  christos 
   4859       1.3  christos 		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4860       1.3  christos 		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4861       1.3  christos 		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
   4862       1.3  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
   4863       1.3  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4864       1.3  christos 
   4865       1.3  christos 		if (h)
   4866       1.3  christos 		  {
   4867       1.3  christos 		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4868       1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4869       1.3  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4870       1.3  christos 		      {
   4871       1.3  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4872       1.3  christos 							 offset, NULL, 0))
   4873       1.3  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4874       1.3  christos 			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4875       1.3  christos 		      }
   4876       1.3  christos 		  }
   4877       1.3  christos 		else
   4878       1.3  christos 		  {
   4879       1.3  christos 		    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4880       1.3  christos 
   4881       1.3  christos 		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4882       1.3  christos 		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4883       1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4884       1.3  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4885       1.3  christos 		      {
   4886       1.3  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4887       1.3  christos 							 offset, sec,
   4888       1.3  christos 							 sym->st_value))
   4889       1.3  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4890       1.3  christos 			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4891       1.6  christos 		      }
   4892       1.3  christos 		  }
   4893       1.3  christos 
   4894       1.3  christos 		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4895       1.3  christos 	      }
   4896       1.3  christos 
   4897       1.3  christos 	    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4898  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      {
   4899  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		bfd_vma offset;
   4900  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   4901       1.3  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4902       1.3  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4903  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  {
   4904       1.3  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4905       1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4906       1.3  christos 		      (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4907       1.3  christos 		       input_bfd,
   4908       1.3  christos 		       input_section,
   4909       1.3  christos 		       rel->r_offset,
   4910       1.3  christos 		       symname);
   4911       1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4912       1.3  christos 		  }
   4913       1.3  christos 
   4914       1.3  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4915       1.3  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4916       1.3  christos 
   4917       1.3  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4918       1.3  christos 		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4919       1.3  christos 				      offset
   4920       1.3  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4921       1.3  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_offset);
   4922       1.3  christos 	      }
   4923       1.3  christos 	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
   4924       1.3  christos 		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   4925       1.3  christos 	      {
   4926       1.3  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4927       1.3  christos 
   4928       1.3  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4929       1.3  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4930       1.3  christos 		  {
   4931       1.3  christos 		    info->callbacks->warning
   4932       1.3  christos 		      (info,
   4933       1.3  christos 		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
   4934       1.3  christos 		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4935       1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4936       1.3  christos 		  }
   4937       1.3  christos 
   4938       1.3  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4939       1.3  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4940       1.3  christos 
   4941       1.3  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4942       1.3  christos 		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
   4943       1.3  christos 					offset
   4944       1.3  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4945       1.3  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_offset,
   4946       1.3  christos 					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
   4947       1.3  christos 
   4948       1.3  christos 		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4949       1.3  christos 		  {
   4950       1.3  christos 		    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4951       1.3  christos 		    break;
   4952       1.3  christos 		  }
   4953       1.3  christos 		else
   4954       1.3  christos 		  {
   4955       1.3  christos 		    relocation = 0;
   4956       1.3  christos 		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4957       1.3  christos 		  }
   4958       1.3  christos 	      }
   4959       1.3  christos 
   4960       1.3  christos 	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4961       1.3  christos 	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
   4962       1.3  christos 	  funcdesc_leave_zero:
   4963       1.3  christos 	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4964       1.3  christos 	      {
   4965       1.3  christos 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4966       1.3  christos 			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
   4967       1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4968       1.3  christos 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   4969       1.3  christos 		else
   4970       1.3  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4971       1.3  christos 
   4972       1.3  christos 	      funcdesc_done_got:
   4973       1.3  christos 
   4974       1.3  christos 		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
   4975       1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4976       1.3  christos 		relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4977       1.3  christos #endif
   4978       1.3  christos 	      }
   4979       1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
   4980       1.3  christos 	      {
   4981       1.3  christos 		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4982       1.3  christos 					  input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4983       1.3  christos 					  rel->r_offset);
   4984       1.3  christos 		break;
   4985       1.3  christos 	      }
   4986       1.3  christos 	    else
   4987       1.3  christos 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4988       1.3  christos 	  }
   4989       1.3  christos 	  break;
   4990       1.3  christos 
   4991       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   4992       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   4993       1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
   4994       1.3  christos 	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
   4995       1.3  christos 	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   4996       1.3  christos 	     for them.  */
   4997       1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4998       1.3  christos 
   4999       1.3  christos 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5000       1.3  christos 	  relocation = 0;
   5001  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5002  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   5003  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5004       1.3  christos 		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
   5005       1.3  christos 	    {
   5006       1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5007       1.3  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   5008       1.3  christos 		(_("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
   5009       1.3  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   5010       1.3  christos 		 h->root.root.string);
   5011       1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   5012       1.3  christos 	    }
   5013       1.3  christos 	  else
   5014       1.3  christos 	    {
   5015       1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   5016       1.3  christos 
   5017       1.3  christos 	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   5018       1.3  christos 		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   5019       1.3  christos 	      if (h)
   5020       1.3  christos 		{
   5021       1.3  christos 		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   5022       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   5023       1.3  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   5024       1.3  christos 		    {
   5025       1.3  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   5026       1.3  christos 						       offset, NULL, 0))
   5027       1.3  christos 			return FALSE;
   5028       1.3  christos 		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   5029       1.3  christos 		    }
   5030       1.3  christos 		}
   5031       1.3  christos 	      else
   5032       1.3  christos 		{
   5033       1.3  christos 		  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   5034       1.3  christos 
   5035       1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   5036       1.3  christos 		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   5037       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   5038       1.3  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   5039       1.3  christos 		    {
   5040       1.3  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   5041       1.3  christos 						       offset, sec,
   5042       1.3  christos 						       sym->st_value))
   5043       1.3  christos 			return FALSE;
   5044       1.3  christos 		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   5045       1.3  christos 		    }
   5046       1.3  christos 		}
   5047       1.3  christos 
   5048       1.3  christos 	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   5049       1.3  christos 	    }
   5050       1.3  christos 
   5051       1.3  christos 	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   5052       1.3  christos 			 + sgotplt->output_offset);
   5053       1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   5054       1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   5055       1.3  christos #endif
   5056       1.3  christos 
   5057       1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
   5058       1.3  christos 	    {
   5059       1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   5060       1.3  christos 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   5061       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   5062       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5063       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5064       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5065       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   5066       1.1     skrll 
   5067       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_START:
   5068       1.1     skrll 	  {
   5069       1.1     skrll 	    static bfd_vma start, end;
   5070       1.1     skrll 
   5071       1.1     skrll 	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   5072       1.1     skrll 		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   5073       1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   5074       1.1     skrll 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   5075       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5076       1.1     skrll 
   5077       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_END:
   5078       1.1     skrll 	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   5079       1.1     skrll 		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   5080       1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   5081       1.3  christos 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   5082       1.3  christos 	    break;
   5083       1.1     skrll 	  }
   5084       1.3  christos 
   5085       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5086       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5087       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   5088       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5089       1.3  christos 	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   5090       1.6  christos 	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5091       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   5092       1.1     skrll 	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   5093       1.1     skrll 	  else if (h != NULL)
   5094       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5095       1.1     skrll 	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5096       1.3  christos 	      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5097       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->dynindx == -1
   5098       1.1     skrll 		      || h->def_regular))
   5099       1.1     skrll 		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5100       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5101       1.1     skrll 
   5102       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   5103       1.1     skrll 	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   5104       1.1     skrll 
   5105       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
   5106       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5107       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   5108       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   5109       1.1     skrll 
   5110       1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   5111       1.1     skrll 		{
   5112       1.1     skrll 		  /* GD->LE transition:
   5113       1.1     skrll 		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   5114       1.1     skrll 		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   5115       1.1     skrll 		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   5116       1.1     skrll 		     We change it into:
   5117       1.1     skrll 		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
   5118       1.1     skrll 		       nop; nop; ...
   5119       1.1     skrll 		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
   5120       1.1     skrll 
   5121       1.1     skrll 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   5122       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
   5123       1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   5124       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 16;
   5125       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5126       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   5127       1.1     skrll 		    {
   5128       1.1     skrll 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   5129       1.1     skrll 		      offset -= 2;
   5130       1.1     skrll 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5131       1.1     skrll 		    }
   5132       1.1     skrll 
   5133       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   5134       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   5135       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   5136       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   5137       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   5138       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   5139       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   5140       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   5141       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   5142       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   5143       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   5144       1.1     skrll 
   5145       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
   5146       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
   5147       1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   5148       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   5149       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   5150       1.1     skrll 		}
   5151       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5152       1.1     skrll 		{
   5153       1.1     skrll 		  int target;
   5154       1.1     skrll 
   5155       1.1     skrll 		  /* IE->LE transition:
   5156       1.1     skrll 		     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
   5157       1.1     skrll 		     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
   5158       1.1     skrll 		     We change it into:
   5159       1.1     skrll 		     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
   5160       1.1     skrll 		     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
   5161       1.1     skrll 
   5162       1.1     skrll 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   5163       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
   5164       1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
   5165       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 10;
   5166       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5167       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
   5168       1.1     skrll 		    {
   5169       1.3  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   5170       1.1     skrll 		      offset -= 2;
   5171       1.1     skrll 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5172       1.1     skrll 		    }
   5173       1.1     skrll 
   5174       1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
   5175       1.1     skrll 		  target = insn & 0x00ff;
   5176       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   5177       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
   5178       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   5179       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
   5180       1.1     skrll 		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
   5181       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
   5182       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   5183       1.1     skrll 		}
   5184       1.3  christos 
   5185       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   5186       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   5187       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   5188       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5189       1.1     skrll 
   5190       1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   5191       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   5192       1.1     skrll 
   5193       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   5194       1.1     skrll 	    off = h->got.offset;
   5195       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5196       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5197       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   5198       1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   5199       1.1     skrll 
   5200       1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   5201       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5202       1.1     skrll 
   5203       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
   5204       1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   5205       1.1     skrll 	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   5206       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5207       1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   5208       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   5209       1.1     skrll 			  sgot->contents + off);
   5210       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   5211       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   5212       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   5213       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5214       1.1     skrll 
   5215       1.1     skrll 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   5216       1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   5217       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5218       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5219       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   5220       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   5221       1.1     skrll 	      int dr_type, indx;
   5222       1.1     skrll 
   5223       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   5224       1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   5225       1.1     skrll 
   5226       1.1     skrll 	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   5227       1.1     skrll 		indx = 0;
   5228       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5229       1.1     skrll 		indx = h->dynindx;
   5230       1.1     skrll 
   5231       1.1     skrll 	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
   5232       1.1     skrll 			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   5233       1.1     skrll 	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
   5234       1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   5235       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5236       1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5237       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
   5238       1.1     skrll 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   5239       1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5240       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5241       1.1     skrll 
   5242       1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   5243       1.1     skrll 		{
   5244       1.1     skrll 		  if (indx == 0)
   5245       1.1     skrll 		    {
   5246       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   5247       1.1     skrll 				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   5248       1.1     skrll 				  sgot->contents + off + 4);
   5249       1.1     skrll 		    }
   5250       1.1     skrll 		  else
   5251       1.1     skrll 		    {
   5252       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
   5253       1.1     skrll 						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   5254       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_offset += 4;
   5255       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5256       1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->reloc_count++;
   5257       1.1     skrll 		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5258       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5259       1.1     skrll 		    }
   5260       1.1     skrll 		}
   5261       1.1     skrll 
   5262       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   5263       1.1     skrll 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   5264       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5265       1.1     skrll 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   5266       1.3  christos 	    }
   5267       1.1     skrll 
   5268       1.1     skrll 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   5269       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   5270       1.1     skrll 
   5271       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5272       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   5273       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5274       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5275       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   5276       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   5277       1.1     skrll 
   5278       1.1     skrll 	      /* GD->IE transition:
   5279       1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   5280       1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   5281       1.1     skrll 		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   5282       1.1     skrll 		 We change it into:
   5283       1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
   5284       1.1     skrll 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   5285       1.1     skrll 		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
   5286       1.1     skrll 
   5287       1.1     skrll 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   5288       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
   5289       1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   5290       1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   5291       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5292       1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   5293       1.1     skrll 		{
   5294       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   5295       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   5296       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5297       1.1     skrll 		}
   5298       1.1     skrll 
   5299       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   5300       1.1     skrll 
   5301       1.1     skrll 	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
   5302       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
   5303       1.1     skrll 
   5304       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   5305       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   5306       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   5307       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   5308       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   5309       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   5310       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   5311       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   5312       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   5313       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   5314       1.1     skrll 
   5315       1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
   5316       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
   5317       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
   5318       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   5319       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   5320       1.1     skrll 
   5321       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   5322       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   5323       1.1     skrll 
   5324       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   5325       1.1     skrll 	  }
   5326       1.3  christos 
   5327       1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5328       1.6  christos 
   5329       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   5330       1.1     skrll 
   5331       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5332       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   5333       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5334       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5335       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5336       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   5337       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   5338       1.1     skrll 
   5339       1.1     skrll 	      /* LD->LE transition:
   5340       1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   5341       1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   5342       1.1     skrll 		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   5343       1.1     skrll 		 We change it into:
   5344       1.1     skrll 		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
   5345       1.1     skrll 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
   5346       1.1     skrll 
   5347       1.1     skrll 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   5348       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
   5349       1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   5350       1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   5351       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5352       1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   5353       1.1     skrll 		{
   5354       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   5355       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   5356       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5357       1.1     skrll 		}
   5358       1.1     skrll 
   5359       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   5360       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   5361       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   5362       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   5363       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   5364       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   5365       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   5366       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   5367       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   5368       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   5369       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   5370       1.1     skrll 
   5371       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
   5372       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
   5373       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   5374       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   5375       1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   5376       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   5377       1.1     skrll 
   5378       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   5379       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5380       1.1     skrll 
   5381       1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   5382       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   5383       1.1     skrll 
   5384       1.1     skrll 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   5385       1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 1)
   5386       1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   5387       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5388       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5389       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   5390       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   5391       1.1     skrll 
   5392       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   5393       1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   5394       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5395       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   5396       1.3  christos 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   5397       1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5398       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5399       1.1     skrll 	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   5400       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5401       1.1     skrll 
   5402       1.3  christos 	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   5403       1.6  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5404       1.1     skrll 
   5405       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   5406       1.1     skrll 
   5407       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   5408       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5409       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5410       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   5411       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5412       1.1     skrll 	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   5413       1.1     skrll 
   5414       1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5415       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   5416       1.1     skrll 
   5417       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   5418       1.3  christos 	  {
   5419       1.6  christos 	    int indx;
   5420       1.1     skrll 	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   5421       1.1     skrll 	    bfd_byte *loc;
   5422       1.1     skrll 
   5423       1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5424       1.1     skrll 
   5425       1.1     skrll 	    if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
   5426       1.1     skrll 	      {
   5427       1.1     skrll 		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   5428       1.3  christos 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   5429       1.3  christos 		goto final_link_relocate;
   5430       1.3  christos 	      }
   5431       1.1     skrll 
   5432       1.1     skrll 	    if (sreloc == NULL)
   5433       1.1     skrll 	      {
   5434       1.1     skrll 		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   5435       1.1     skrll 		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   5436       1.1     skrll 		if (sreloc == NULL)
   5437       1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   5438       1.1     skrll 	      }
   5439       1.1     skrll 
   5440       1.1     skrll 	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   5441       1.1     skrll 	      indx = 0;
   5442       1.1     skrll 	    else
   5443       1.1     skrll 	      indx = h->dynindx;
   5444       1.1     skrll 
   5445       1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   5446       1.1     skrll 			       + input_section->output_offset
   5447       1.1     skrll 			       + rel->r_offset);
   5448       1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   5449       1.1     skrll 	    if (indx == 0)
   5450       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   5451       1.1     skrll 	    else
   5452       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5453       1.1     skrll 
   5454       1.1     skrll 	    loc = sreloc->contents;
   5455       1.1     skrll 	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5456       1.3  christos 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5457       1.3  christos 	    continue;
   5458       1.3  christos 	  }
   5459       1.3  christos 	}
   5460       1.3  christos 
   5461       1.3  christos     relocation_done:
   5462       1.6  christos       if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
   5463       1.3  christos 	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
   5464       1.3  christos 	{
   5465  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
   5466       1.3  christos 	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   5467       1.3  christos 	    {
   5468       1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5469       1.3  christos 		{
   5470       1.3  christos 		  info->callbacks->einfo
   5471       1.3  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   5472  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5473       1.3  christos 		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5474       1.3  christos 		  return FALSE;
   5475       1.3  christos 		}
   5476       1.3  christos 	      else
   5477       1.6  christos 		info->callbacks->einfo
   5478       1.3  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   5479       1.3  christos 		  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5480       1.1     skrll 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5481       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5482       1.1     skrll 
   5483       1.1     skrll 	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
   5484       1.1     skrll 	}
   5485       1.1     skrll 
   5486       1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   5487       1.1     skrll 	{
   5488       1.1     skrll 	  switch (r)
   5489       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5490       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5491       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   5492       1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   5493       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   5494       1.1     skrll 	      {
   5495       1.1     skrll 		const char *name;
   5496       1.1     skrll 
   5497       1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL)
   5498       1.1     skrll 		  name = NULL;
   5499       1.1     skrll 		else
   5500       1.1     skrll 		  {
   5501       1.1     skrll 		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   5502       1.8  christos 			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   5503       1.8  christos 		    if (name == NULL)
   5504       1.8  christos 		      return FALSE;
   5505       1.1     skrll 		    if (*name == '\0')
   5506       1.1     skrll 		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   5507       1.1     skrll 		  }
   5508       1.1     skrll 		(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   5509       1.1     skrll 		  (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   5510       1.1     skrll 		   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   5511       1.1     skrll 	      }
   5512       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5513       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5514       1.1     skrll 	}
   5515       1.1     skrll     }
   5516       1.1     skrll 
   5517       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   5518       1.1     skrll }
   5519       1.1     skrll 
   5520       1.1     skrll /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
   5521       1.1     skrll    which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
   5522       1.1     skrll 
   5523       1.1     skrll static bfd_byte *
   5524       1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
   5525       1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   5526       1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
   5527       1.1     skrll 				       bfd_byte *data,
   5528       1.1     skrll 				       bfd_boolean relocatable,
   5529       1.1     skrll 				       asymbol **symbols)
   5530       1.1     skrll {
   5531       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5532       1.1     skrll   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
   5533       1.1     skrll   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   5534       1.1     skrll   asection **sections = NULL;
   5535       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   5536       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   5537       1.1     skrll 
   5538       1.1     skrll   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
   5539       1.1     skrll      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
   5540       1.1     skrll   if (relocatable
   5541       1.1     skrll       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
   5542       1.1     skrll     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
   5543       1.1     skrll 						       link_order, data,
   5544       1.1     skrll 						       relocatable,
   5545       1.1     skrll 						       symbols);
   5546       1.1     skrll 
   5547       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   5548       1.1     skrll 
   5549       1.1     skrll   memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
   5550       1.1     skrll 	  (size_t) input_section->size);
   5551       1.1     skrll 
   5552       1.1     skrll   if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
   5553       1.1     skrll       && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
   5554       1.1     skrll     {
   5555       1.1     skrll       asection **secpp;
   5556       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
   5557       1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type amt;
   5558       1.1     skrll 
   5559       1.1     skrll       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   5560       1.1     skrll 			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
   5561       1.1     skrll 			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
   5562       1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   5563       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5564       1.1     skrll 
   5565       1.1     skrll       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
   5566       1.1     skrll 	{
   5567       1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   5568       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5569       1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   5570       1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   5571       1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
   5572       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5573       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
   5574       1.1     skrll 	}
   5575       1.1     skrll 
   5576       1.1     skrll       amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5577       1.1     skrll       amt *= sizeof (asection *);
   5578       1.1     skrll       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
   5579       1.1     skrll       if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
   5580       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5581       1.1     skrll 
   5582       1.1     skrll       isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5583       1.1     skrll       for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
   5584       1.1     skrll 	{
   5585       1.1     skrll 	  asection *isec;
   5586       1.1     skrll 
   5587       1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
   5588       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   5589       1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   5590       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   5591       1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
   5592       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
   5593       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5594       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5595       1.1     skrll 
   5596       1.1     skrll 	  *secpp = isec;
   5597       1.1     skrll 	}
   5598       1.1     skrll 
   5599       1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
   5600       1.1     skrll 				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
   5601       1.1     skrll 				     isymbuf, sections))
   5602       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5603       1.1     skrll 
   5604       1.1     skrll       if (sections != NULL)
   5605       1.1     skrll 	free (sections);
   5606       1.1     skrll       if (isymbuf != NULL
   5607       1.1     skrll 	  && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5608       1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
   5609       1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5610       1.1     skrll 	free (internal_relocs);
   5611       1.1     skrll     }
   5612       1.1     skrll 
   5613       1.1     skrll   return data;
   5614       1.1     skrll 
   5615       1.1     skrll  error_return:
   5616       1.1     skrll   if (sections != NULL)
   5617       1.1     skrll     free (sections);
   5618       1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
   5619       1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5620       1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   5621       1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   5622       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5623       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   5624       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   5625       1.1     skrll }
   5626       1.1     skrll 
   5627       1.1     skrll /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   5628       1.1     skrll    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   5629       1.1     skrll    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   5630       1.1     skrll 
   5631       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5632       1.1     skrll dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5633       1.1     skrll {
   5634       1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5635       1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5636       1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5637       1.1     skrll   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   5638       1.1     skrll }
   5639       1.1     skrll 
   5640       1.1     skrll /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
   5641       1.1     skrll 
   5642       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5643       1.1     skrll tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   5644       1.1     skrll {
   5645       1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5646       1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5647       1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5648       1.1     skrll   /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
   5649       1.1     skrll      structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   5650       1.1     skrll   return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   5651       1.1     skrll 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
   5652       1.1     skrll 			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   5653       1.1     skrll }
   5654       1.1     skrll 
   5655       1.1     skrll static asection *
   5656       1.1     skrll sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   5657       1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5658       1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5659       1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5660       1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5661       1.1     skrll {
   5662       1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   5663       1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5664       1.1     skrll       {
   5665       1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5666       1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5667       1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   5668       1.1     skrll       }
   5669       1.1     skrll 
   5670       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   5671       1.1     skrll }
   5672       1.1     skrll 
   5673       1.1     skrll /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   5674       1.1     skrll 
   5675       1.1     skrll static void
   5676       1.1     skrll sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5677       1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   5678       1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   5679       1.1     skrll {
   5680       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   5681       1.1     skrll 
   5682       1.1     skrll   edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   5683  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   5684  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   5685       1.1     skrll   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5686       1.1     skrll     {
   5687       1.1     skrll       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5688       1.1     skrll 	{
   5689       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   5690  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5691       1.1     skrll 
   5692       1.1     skrll 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   5693       1.1     skrll 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   5694       1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   5695       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5696       1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   5697       1.1     skrll 
   5698       1.1     skrll 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   5699       1.1     skrll 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   5700       1.1     skrll 		  {
   5701       1.1     skrll 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   5702       1.1     skrll 		    q->count += p->count;
   5703       1.1     skrll 		    *pp = p->next;
   5704       1.1     skrll 		    break;
   5705       1.1     skrll 		  }
   5706       1.1     skrll 	      if (q == NULL)
   5707       1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   5708       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5709       1.1     skrll 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   5710       1.1     skrll 	}
   5711       1.1     skrll 
   5712       1.1     skrll       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   5713       1.1     skrll       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   5714       1.1     skrll     }
   5715       1.3  christos   edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
   5716       1.6  christos   eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   5717       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5718       1.6  christos   edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
   5719       1.1     skrll   eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
   5720       1.1     skrll #endif
   5721       1.1     skrll   edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
   5722       1.1     skrll   eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   5723       1.3  christos   edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   5724       1.3  christos   eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   5725       1.1     skrll 
   5726       1.1     skrll   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5727       1.1     skrll       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   5728       1.1     skrll     {
   5729       1.1     skrll       edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
   5730       1.1     skrll       eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5731       1.1     skrll     }
   5732       1.1     skrll 
   5733  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5734  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
   5735       1.1     skrll     {
   5736       1.1     skrll       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   5737       1.1     skrll 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   5738       1.1     skrll 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   5739       1.1     skrll       if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
   5740       1.1     skrll 	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
   5741       1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
   5742       1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
   5743       1.1     skrll       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
   5744       1.1     skrll     }
   5745       1.1     skrll   else
   5746       1.1     skrll     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   5747       1.6  christos }
   5748       1.1     skrll 
   5749       1.1     skrll static int
   5750       1.1     skrll sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
   5751       1.1     skrll 			    int is_local)
   5752       1.1     skrll {
   5753       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5754       1.1     skrll     return r_type;
   5755       1.1     skrll 
   5756       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   5757       1.1     skrll     {
   5758       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5759       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5760       1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   5761       1.1     skrll 	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5762       1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   5763       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5764       1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5765       1.1     skrll     }
   5766       1.1     skrll 
   5767       1.1     skrll   return r_type;
   5768       1.1     skrll }
   5769       1.1     skrll 
   5770       1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
   5771       1.1     skrll    Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
   5772       1.1     skrll    virtual table relocs for gc.  */
   5773       1.1     skrll 
   5774       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   5775       1.1     skrll sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
   5776       1.1     skrll 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   5777       1.1     skrll {
   5778       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5779       1.4  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   5780       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5781       1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   5782       1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   5783       1.6  christos   asection *sreloc;
   5784       1.1     skrll   unsigned int r_type;
   5785       1.1     skrll   enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
   5786  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   5787  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   sreloc = NULL;
   5788  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   5789  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   5790  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     return TRUE;
   5791  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   5792  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
   5793  1.8.12.1  pgoyette      In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
   5794  1.8.12.1  pgoyette      and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
   5795       1.1     skrll      or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
   5796       1.1     skrll      relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
   5797       1.1     skrll      libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
   5798       1.1     skrll   if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   5799       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   5800       1.1     skrll 
   5801       1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
   5802       1.3  christos 
   5803       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   5804       1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   5805       1.1     skrll 
   5806       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5807       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   5808       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   5809       1.1     skrll 
   5810       1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   5811       1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   5812       1.1     skrll     {
   5813       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   5814       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   5815       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5816       1.1     skrll       int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
   5817       1.1     skrll #endif
   5818       1.1     skrll 
   5819       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5820       1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5821       1.1     skrll 
   5822       1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5823       1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   5824       1.1     skrll       else
   5825       1.1     skrll 	{
   5826       1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5827       1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5828       1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5829       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5830       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5831       1.1     skrll 	      seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
   5832       1.6  christos #endif
   5833       1.1     skrll 	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5834       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5835       1.1     skrll 	}
   5836       1.1     skrll 
   5837       1.1     skrll       r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   5838       1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5839       1.1     skrll 	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   5840       1.1     skrll 	  && h != NULL
   5841       1.3  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
   5842       1.3  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5843       1.3  christos 	  && (h->dynindx == -1
   5844       1.3  christos 	      || h->def_regular))
   5845       1.3  christos 	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5846       1.3  christos 
   5847       1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5848       1.3  christos 	switch (r_type)
   5849       1.3  christos 	  {
   5850       1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5851       1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5852       1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5853       1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5854       1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5855       1.3  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   5856       1.3  christos 	      {
   5857       1.3  christos 		if (h->dynindx == -1)
   5858       1.3  christos 		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
   5859       1.3  christos 		    {
   5860       1.3  christos 		    case STV_INTERNAL:
   5861       1.3  christos 		    case STV_HIDDEN:
   5862       1.3  christos 		      break;
   5863       1.3  christos 		    default:
   5864       1.3  christos 		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
   5865       1.1     skrll 		      break;
   5866  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		    }
   5867       1.1     skrll 	      }
   5868       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5869       1.1     skrll 	  }
   5870       1.3  christos 
   5871       1.3  christos       /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
   5872       1.3  christos       if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
   5873       1.3  christos 	{
   5874  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  switch (r_type)
   5875       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5876       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR32:
   5877       1.3  christos 	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */
   5878       1.1     skrll 	      if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   5879       1.3  christos 		break;
   5880       1.3  christos 	      /* Fall through.  */
   5881       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5882       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT32:
   5883       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT20:
   5884       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   5885       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   5886       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5887       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5888       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5889       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5890       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5891       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPC:
   5892       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5893       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
   5894       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
   5895       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
   5896       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
   5897       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
   5898       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
   5899       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
   5900       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
   5901       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
   5902       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
   5903       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
   5904       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
   5905       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
   5906       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
   5907       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
   5908       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
   5909       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
   5910       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
   5911       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
   5912       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
   5913       1.3  christos #endif
   5914       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5915       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5916       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5917       1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5918       1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5919       1.1     skrll 	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
   5920       1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   5921       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5922       1.1     skrll 
   5923       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5924       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5925       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5926       1.1     skrll 	}
   5927       1.1     skrll 
   5928       1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   5929       1.1     skrll 	{
   5930       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   5931       1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   5932       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5933       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   5934       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   5935       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5936       1.1     skrll 
   5937       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   5938       1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   5939       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5940       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   5941       1.6  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   5942       1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   5943       1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   5944       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5945       1.1     skrll 
   5946       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5947       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5948       1.3  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   5949       1.1     skrll 
   5950       1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   5951       1.1     skrll 	force_got:
   5952       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5953       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   5954       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   5955       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5956       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
   5957       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
   5958       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
   5959       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
   5960       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
   5961       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
   5962       1.3  christos #endif
   5963       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5964       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5965       1.3  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5966       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5967       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5968       1.3  christos 	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   5969       1.3  christos 	      break;
   5970       1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5971       1.3  christos 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   5972       1.3  christos 	      break;
   5973       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5974       1.1     skrll 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5975       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5976       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5977       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5978       1.1     skrll 	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
   5979       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5980       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5981       1.1     skrll 
   5982       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   5983       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5984       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   5985       1.1     skrll 	      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
   5986       1.1     skrll 		{
   5987       1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
   5988       1.1     skrll 		    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   5989       1.3  christos 
   5990       1.1     skrll 		  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
   5991       1.1     skrll 		}
   5992       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5993       1.1     skrll #endif
   5994       1.1     skrll 		h->got.refcount += 1;
   5995       1.1     skrll 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5996       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5997       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5998       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5999       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   6000       1.1     skrll 
   6001       1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
   6002       1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  */
   6003       1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   6004       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   6005       1.1     skrll 		{
   6006       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type size;
   6007       1.1     skrll 
   6008       1.1     skrll 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   6009       1.1     skrll 		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   6010       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6011       1.1     skrll 		  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
   6012       1.1     skrll 		     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
   6013       1.1     skrll 		  size *= 2;
   6014       1.1     skrll #endif
   6015  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   6016       1.1     skrll 		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   6017       1.1     skrll 					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   6018       1.3  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   6019       1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   6020       1.1     skrll 		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   6021       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6022       1.1     skrll 		  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
   6023       1.1     skrll 		     GOT offsets.  */
   6024       1.1     skrll 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
   6025       1.1     skrll 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   6026       1.1     skrll #else
   6027       1.1     skrll 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
   6028       1.1     skrll 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   6029       1.1     skrll #endif
   6030       1.1     skrll 		}
   6031       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6032       1.1     skrll 	      if (rel->r_addend & 1)
   6033       1.1     skrll 		local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
   6034       1.1     skrll 	      else
   6035       1.1     skrll #endif
   6036       1.3  christos 		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   6037       1.3  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   6038       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6039       1.3  christos 
   6040       1.3  christos 	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   6041       1.1     skrll 	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   6042       1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   6043       1.3  christos 	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   6044       1.3  christos 	    {
   6045  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   6046  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   6047       1.3  christos 	      else
   6048       1.3  christos 		{
   6049       1.3  christos 		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6050       1.3  christos 		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
   6051  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		    _bfd_error_handler
   6052  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   6053       1.3  christos 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   6054       1.3  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   6055       1.3  christos 		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
   6056  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6057  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		    _bfd_error_handler
   6058  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   6059  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   6060       1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   6061       1.1     skrll 		  else
   6062       1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   6063       1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   6064       1.3  christos 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   6065       1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   6066       1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   6067       1.3  christos 		}
   6068       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6069       1.3  christos 
   6070       1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type)
   6071       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6072       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   6073       1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
   6074       1.1     skrll 	      else
   6075       1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
   6076       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6077       1.1     skrll 
   6078       1.3  christos 	  break;
   6079       1.3  christos 
   6080       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   6081       1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   6082       1.3  christos 	  break;
   6083  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6084       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   6085       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   6086       1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   6087       1.3  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend)
   6088       1.3  christos 	    {
   6089       1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   6090       1.3  christos 		(_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
   6091       1.3  christos 		 abfd);
   6092       1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   6093       1.3  christos 	    }
   6094       1.3  christos 
   6095       1.3  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   6096       1.3  christos 	    {
   6097       1.3  christos 	      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   6098       1.3  christos 
   6099       1.3  christos 	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
   6100       1.3  christos 	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
   6101       1.3  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   6102       1.3  christos 		{
   6103       1.3  christos 		  bfd_size_type size;
   6104       1.3  christos 
   6105       1.3  christos 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
   6106       1.3  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6107       1.3  christos 		  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
   6108       1.3  christos 		  size *= 2;
   6109       1.3  christos #endif
   6110       1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   6111       1.3  christos 		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   6112       1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   6113       1.6  christos 		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
   6114       1.3  christos 		}
   6115       1.3  christos 	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
   6116  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6117       1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   6118       1.3  christos 		{
   6119       1.3  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   6120       1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   6121       1.3  christos 		  else
   6122       1.3  christos 		    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6123       1.3  christos 		}
   6124       1.3  christos 	    }
   6125       1.3  christos 	  else
   6126       1.3  christos 	    {
   6127       1.3  christos 	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
   6128       1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   6129       1.3  christos 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
   6130       1.3  christos 
   6131  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
   6132  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
   6133       1.3  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   6134       1.3  christos 	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
   6135       1.3  christos 		{
   6136  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
   6137  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		    _bfd_error_handler
   6138       1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   6139       1.3  christos 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   6140       1.3  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   6141       1.3  christos 		  else
   6142       1.3  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   6143       1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   6144       1.1     skrll 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   6145       1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   6146       1.1     skrll 		}
   6147       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6148       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6149       1.1     skrll 
   6150       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   6151       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6152       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
   6153       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
   6154       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
   6155       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
   6156       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
   6157       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
   6158       1.6  christos #endif
   6159       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   6160       1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   6161       1.1     skrll 
   6162       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   6163       1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   6164       1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   6165       1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   6166       1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   6167       1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   6168       1.1     skrll 
   6169       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   6170       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   6171       1.1     skrll 	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
   6172       1.1     skrll 
   6173       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6174       1.1     skrll 
   6175       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   6176       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6177       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
   6178       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
   6179       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
   6180       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
   6181       1.1     skrll #endif
   6182       1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   6183       1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   6184       1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   6185       1.1     skrll 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   6186       1.1     skrll 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   6187       1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   6188       1.1     skrll 
   6189       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   6190       1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   6191       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   6192       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   6193       1.1     skrll 
   6194       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   6195       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6196       1.1     skrll 
   6197       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   6198       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   6199       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6200       1.1     skrll 
   6201       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   6202       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_REL32:
   6203       1.6  christos #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6204       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
   6205       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
   6206       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
   6207       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
   6208       1.1     skrll #endif
   6209       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
   6210       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6211       1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   6212       1.1     skrll 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   6213       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6214       1.1     skrll 
   6215       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   6216       1.1     skrll 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   6217       1.1     skrll 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   6218       1.1     skrll 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   6219       1.1     skrll 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   6220       1.1     skrll 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   6221       1.1     skrll 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   6222       1.1     skrll 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   6223       1.1     skrll 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   6224       1.1     skrll 	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   6225       1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   6226       1.1     skrll 	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
   6227       1.1     skrll 	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
   6228       1.6  christos 	     visibility changes render the symbol local.
   6229       1.1     skrll 
   6230       1.1     skrll 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   6231       1.1     skrll 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   6232       1.1     skrll 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   6233       1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   6234       1.1     skrll 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   6235       1.6  christos 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   6236       1.1     skrll 	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
   6237       1.1     skrll 		   || (h != NULL
   6238       1.1     skrll 		       && (! info->symbolic
   6239       1.1     skrll 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   6240       1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   6241  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   6242  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   6243       1.1     skrll 		  && h != NULL
   6244       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   6245       1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)))
   6246       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6247       1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   6248       1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   6249       1.1     skrll 
   6250       1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   6251       1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   6252       1.3  christos 
   6253       1.3  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   6254       1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   6255       1.3  christos 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   6256       1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   6257       1.1     skrll 		{
   6258       1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   6259       1.1     skrll 		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   6260       1.1     skrll 
   6261       1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   6262       1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   6263       1.1     skrll 		}
   6264       1.1     skrll 
   6265       1.3  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   6266       1.1     skrll 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   6267       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   6268       1.3  christos 		head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
   6269       1.3  christos 	      else
   6270       1.3  christos 		{
   6271       1.3  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
   6272       1.3  christos 		  asection *s;
   6273       1.3  christos 		  void *vpp;
   6274       1.1     skrll 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   6275       1.3  christos 
   6276       1.1     skrll 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   6277       1.3  christos 						abfd, r_symndx);
   6278       1.1     skrll 		  if (isym == NULL)
   6279       1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   6280  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6281       1.1     skrll 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   6282       1.1     skrll 		  if (s == NULL)
   6283       1.1     skrll 		    s = sec;
   6284       1.1     skrll 
   6285       1.1     skrll 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   6286       1.1     skrll 		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   6287       1.1     skrll 		}
   6288       1.1     skrll 
   6289       1.1     skrll 	      p = *head;
   6290       1.1     skrll 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   6291       1.1     skrll 		{
   6292       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
   6293       1.1     skrll 		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
   6294       1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   6295       1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   6296       1.1     skrll 		  p->next = *head;
   6297       1.1     skrll 		  *head = p;
   6298       1.1     skrll 		  p->sec = sec;
   6299       1.1     skrll 		  p->count = 0;
   6300       1.1     skrll 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   6301       1.1     skrll 		}
   6302       1.1     skrll 
   6303       1.1     skrll 	      p->count += 1;
   6304       1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   6305       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6306       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
   6307       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
   6308       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
   6309       1.3  christos 		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
   6310       1.3  christos #endif
   6311       1.3  christos 		  )
   6312       1.6  christos 		p->pc_count += 1;
   6313       1.3  christos 	    }
   6314       1.3  christos 
   6315       1.3  christos 	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
   6316       1.1     skrll 	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
   6317       1.1     skrll 	     fixup.  */
   6318       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   6319       1.6  christos 	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   6320       1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   6321  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   6322       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6323       1.1     skrll 
   6324       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   6325       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   6326       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6327       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   6328       1.1     skrll 		(_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
   6329       1.1     skrll 		 abfd);
   6330       1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   6331       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6332       1.1     skrll 
   6333       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6334       1.1     skrll 
   6335       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   6336       1.1     skrll 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   6337       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6338       1.1     skrll 
   6339       1.1     skrll 	default:
   6340       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6341       1.1     skrll 	}
   6342       1.1     skrll     }
   6343       1.1     skrll 
   6344       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6345       1.1     skrll }
   6346       1.1     skrll 
   6347       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
   6348       1.1     skrll static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
   6349  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6350       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6351       1.1     skrll sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
   6352       1.1     skrll {
   6353       1.1     skrll   flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   6354       1.6  christos 
   6355       1.1     skrll   if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
   6356       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6357       1.1     skrll 
   6358       1.1     skrll   if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
   6359       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6360       1.1     skrll 
   6361       1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
   6362       1.1     skrll 
   6363       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6364       1.1     skrll }
   6365       1.1     skrll 
   6366       1.1     skrll 
   6367       1.1     skrll /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
   6368       1.1     skrll    Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
   6369       1.1     skrll    return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
   6370       1.6  christos    Return -1 if no match is found.  */
   6371       1.1     skrll 
   6372       1.1     skrll int
   6373       1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
   6374       1.6  christos {
   6375       1.1     skrll   int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
   6376       1.1     skrll 
   6377       1.1     skrll   for (; i>0; i--)
   6378       1.1     skrll     if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
   6379       1.1     skrll       return i;
   6380       1.1     skrll 
   6381       1.1     skrll   /* shouldn't get here */
   6382       1.1     skrll   BFD_FAIL();
   6383       1.1     skrll 
   6384       1.1     skrll   return -1;
   6385       1.1     skrll }
   6386       1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
   6387       1.1     skrll 
   6388       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
   6389       1.1     skrll /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
   6390       1.1     skrll 
   6391       1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   6392       1.6  christos sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
   6393       1.3  christos {
   6394       1.6  christos   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   6395       1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   6396       1.1     skrll 
   6397       1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   6398       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6399       1.1     skrll 
   6400       1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   6401       1.1     skrll }
   6402       1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
   6403       1.1     skrll 
   6404       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
   6405       1.1     skrll 
   6406       1.1     skrll /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
   6407       1.1     skrll    corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
   6408       1.1     skrll 
   6409       1.1     skrll int
   6410       1.1     skrll sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
   6411       1.1     skrll {
   6412  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
   6413  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
   6414  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6415  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
   6416  1.8.12.1  pgoyette }
   6417  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6418  1.8.12.1  pgoyette /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
   6419  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    resultant architecture supports all the features required
   6420  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    by the two input BFDs.
   6421  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
   6422  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
   6423  1.8.12.1  pgoyette    that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
   6424  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6425  1.8.12.1  pgoyette static bfd_boolean
   6426  1.8.12.1  pgoyette sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6427  1.8.12.1  pgoyette {
   6428  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   6429  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
   6430  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6431  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   6432  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     return FALSE;
   6433  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6434  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   6435  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   6436  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6437  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
   6438  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6439  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   6440  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   6441  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       _bfd_error_handler
   6442  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   6443  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	(_("%B: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
   6444  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	   "use %s instructions"),
   6445  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 ibfd,
   6446  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
   6447  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
   6448  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6449  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       return FALSE;
   6450  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     }
   6451  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   6452  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     {
   6453  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       _bfd_error_handler
   6454  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   6455  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
   6456  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	   "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
   6457  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
   6458  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
   6459  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6460  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       return FALSE;
   6461  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     }
   6462  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6463       1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
   6464       1.1     skrll 			     sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
   6465       1.1     skrll 
   6466       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6467  1.8.12.1  pgoyette }
   6468       1.1     skrll 
   6469  1.8.12.1  pgoyette /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
   6470       1.1     skrll    calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
   6471       1.1     skrll 
   6472       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6473       1.1     skrll sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6474       1.1     skrll {
   6475       1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   6476       1.1     skrll 
   6477       1.1     skrll   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   6478       1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   6479       1.1     skrll 
   6480       1.3  christos   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   6481       1.6  christos     {
   6482       1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   6483       1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   6484  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   6485       1.1     skrll       sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   6486  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
   6487  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
   6488       1.1     skrll     }
   6489       1.1     skrll 
   6490       1.1     skrll   if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
   6491       1.1     skrll     {
   6492       1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
   6493       1.3  christos 			    "with instructions used in previous modules"),
   6494       1.3  christos 			  ibfd);
   6495       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6496       1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   6497       1.3  christos     }
   6498       1.3  christos 
   6499  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   6500       1.3  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
   6501       1.3  christos     sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   6502       1.3  christos 
   6503       1.3  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
   6504       1.3  christos     {
   6505       1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
   6506       1.1     skrll 			  ibfd);
   6507       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6508       1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   6509       1.1     skrll     }
   6510       1.1     skrll 
   6511       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6512       1.1     skrll }
   6513       1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
   6514       1.1     skrll 
   6515       1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   6516       1.3  christos    as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
   6517       1.3  christos    here.  */
   6518       1.3  christos 
   6519       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   6520       1.3  christos sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   6521       1.1     skrll {
   6522       1.1     skrll   if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
   6523       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6524       1.1     skrll 
   6525       1.1     skrll   return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
   6526       1.1     skrll 	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
   6527       1.1     skrll }
   6528       1.1     skrll 
   6529       1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   6530       1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   6531       1.1     skrll 
   6532       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6533       1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6534       1.3  christos 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   6535       1.3  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   6536       1.1     skrll {
   6537       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6538       1.1     skrll 
   6539       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6540       1.3  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   6541       1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   6542       1.1     skrll 
   6543       1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   6544       1.1     skrll     {
   6545       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   6546       1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   6547       1.3  christos       asection *srelplt;
   6548       1.1     skrll 
   6549       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   6550       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   6551       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6552       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   6553       1.1     skrll       const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   6554  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   6555  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   6556  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	 it up.  */
   6557       1.3  christos 
   6558       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   6559       1.1     skrll 
   6560       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6561       1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6562       1.1     skrll       srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
   6563       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
   6564       1.1     skrll 
   6565       1.3  christos       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   6566       1.3  christos 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   6567       1.3  christos 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   6568       1.3  christos 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   6569       1.1     skrll       plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
   6570       1.3  christos 
   6571       1.3  christos       plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   6572       1.3  christos       if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   6573       1.3  christos 	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   6574       1.3  christos 
   6575       1.3  christos       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   6576       1.3  christos 	 corresponds to this function.  */
   6577       1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6578       1.3  christos 	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
   6579       1.3  christos 	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
   6580       1.1     skrll 	   bytes.  */
   6581       1.1     skrll 	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
   6582       1.6  christos       else
   6583       1.1     skrll 	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
   6584       1.1     skrll 	   reserved.  */
   6585       1.1     skrll 	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   6586       1.1     skrll 
   6587       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6588       1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6589       1.3  christos 	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
   6590       1.1     skrll #endif
   6591       1.6  christos 
   6592       1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6593       1.3  christos       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   6594       1.3  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   6595       1.3  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6596       1.3  christos 
   6597       1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
   6598       1.3  christos 	{
   6599       1.3  christos 	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
   6600       1.3  christos 	    {
   6601       1.3  christos 	      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   6602       1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
   6603       1.3  christos 					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
   6604       1.3  christos 					h->plt.offset
   6605       1.3  christos 					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6606       1.3  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
   6607       1.3  christos 	    }
   6608       1.1     skrll 	  else
   6609       1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
   6610       1.3  christos 			       (splt->contents
   6611       1.3  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6612       1.1     skrll 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6613       1.3  christos 	}
   6614       1.3  christos       else
   6615       1.1     skrll 	{
   6616       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
   6617       1.1     skrll 
   6618       1.3  christos 	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   6619       1.1     skrll 			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6620       1.1     skrll 			      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6621       1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset),
   6622       1.1     skrll 			     (splt->contents
   6623       1.1     skrll 			      + h->plt.offset
   6624       1.1     skrll 			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6625       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
   6626       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6627       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
   6628       1.1     skrll 	      int distance;
   6629       1.1     skrll 
   6630       1.1     skrll 	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
   6631       1.1     skrll 		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
   6632       1.3  christos 		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
   6633       1.3  christos 		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
   6634       1.3  christos 		 to the last element of the previous group.  */
   6635       1.3  christos 	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
   6636       1.1     skrll 		 the common resolver stub.  */
   6637       1.1     skrll 	      reachable_plts = ((4096
   6638       1.3  christos 				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
   6639       1.1     skrll 				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
   6640       1.1     skrll 				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
   6641       1.3  christos 	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6642       1.1     skrll 	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
   6643       1.1     skrll 		distance = -(h->plt.offset
   6644       1.1     skrll 			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
   6645       1.1     skrll 	      else
   6646       1.1     skrll 		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
   6647       1.1     skrll 			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6648       1.3  christos 
   6649       1.1     skrll 	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
   6650       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
   6651       1.1     skrll 			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
   6652       1.1     skrll 			  (splt->contents
   6653       1.1     skrll 			   + h->plt.offset
   6654       1.1     skrll 			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6655       1.3  christos 	    }
   6656       1.1     skrll 	  else
   6657       1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
   6658       1.3  christos 			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
   6659       1.1     skrll 			       (splt->contents
   6660       1.6  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6661       1.1     skrll 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6662       1.1     skrll 	}
   6663       1.3  christos 
   6664       1.3  christos       /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
   6665       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6666       1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6667       1.3  christos 	got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
   6668       1.3  christos #endif
   6669       1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6670       1.3  christos 	got_offset = plt_index * 8;
   6671       1.3  christos 
   6672       1.1     skrll       if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
   6673       1.1     skrll 	install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   6674       1.1     skrll 			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   6675       1.1     skrll 			   (splt->contents
   6676       1.1     skrll 			    + h->plt.offset
   6677       1.1     skrll 			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
   6678       1.3  christos 
   6679       1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   6680       1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6681       1.3  christos 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   6682  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 		   + splt->output_offset
   6683       1.3  christos 		   + h->plt.offset
   6684       1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
   6685       1.1     skrll 		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   6686       1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6687       1.3  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6688       1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
   6689       1.3  christos 		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
   6690       1.3  christos 
   6691       1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   6692       1.3  christos       rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6693       1.1     skrll 		      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6694       1.1     skrll 		      + got_offset);
   6695       1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6696       1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
   6697       1.3  christos       else
   6698       1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
   6699       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6700       1.6  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6701       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
   6702       1.1     skrll #endif
   6703       1.1     skrll       loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6704       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6705       1.1     skrll 
   6706       1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   6707       1.1     skrll 	{
   6708       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
   6709  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
   6710  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   6711       1.1     skrll 		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   6712       1.3  christos 
   6713       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
   6714       1.1     skrll 	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
   6715       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6716       1.1     skrll 			  + splt->output_offset
   6717       1.1     skrll 			  + h->plt.offset
   6718       1.1     skrll 			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6719       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6720       1.3  christos 	  rel.r_addend = got_offset;
   6721       1.3  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6722       1.1     skrll 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6723       1.1     skrll 
   6724       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
   6725       1.1     skrll 	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
   6726       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6727       1.1     skrll 			  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6728       1.1     skrll 			  + got_offset);
   6729       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6730       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6731       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6732       1.1     skrll 	}
   6733       1.1     skrll 
   6734       1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   6735       1.1     skrll 	{
   6736       1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   6737       1.3  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   6738       1.3  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   6739       1.3  christos 	}
   6740       1.1     skrll     }
   6741       1.1     skrll 
   6742       1.3  christos   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   6743       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   6744       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
   6745       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6746       1.1     skrll     {
   6747       1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   6748       1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   6749  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6750  1.8.12.1  pgoyette       bfd_byte *loc;
   6751       1.3  christos 
   6752       1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   6753       1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   6754       1.1     skrll 
   6755       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   6756       1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   6757       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   6758       1.1     skrll 
   6759       1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   6760       1.1     skrll 		      + sgot->output_offset
   6761       1.1     skrll 		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   6762       1.6  christos 
   6763       1.1     skrll       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   6764       1.1     skrll 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   6765       1.3  christos 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   6766       1.3  christos 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   6767       1.3  christos 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   6768       1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   6769       1.3  christos 	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   6770       1.3  christos 	{
   6771       1.3  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6772       1.3  christos 	    {
   6773       1.3  christos 	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6774       1.3  christos 	      int dynindx
   6775       1.3  christos 		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   6776       1.3  christos 
   6777       1.3  christos 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6778       1.3  christos 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6779       1.3  christos 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6780       1.3  christos 	    }
   6781       1.3  christos 	  else
   6782       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6783       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   6784       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6785       1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6786       1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6787       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6788       1.1     skrll 	}
   6789       1.1     skrll       else
   6790       1.3  christos 	{
   6791       1.3  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
   6792       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
   6793       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6794       1.1     skrll 	}
   6795       1.1     skrll 
   6796       1.1     skrll       loc = srelgot->contents;
   6797       1.1     skrll       loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6798       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6799       1.1     skrll     }
   6800       1.1     skrll 
   6801       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6802       1.1     skrll   {
   6803       1.3  christos     struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
   6804       1.1     skrll 
   6805       1.1     skrll     eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   6806       1.1     skrll     if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   6807       1.1     skrll       {
   6808       1.1     skrll 	asection *sgot;
   6809       1.1     skrll 	asection *srelgot;
   6810  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6811  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	bfd_byte *loc;
   6812       1.3  christos 
   6813       1.1     skrll 	/* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
   6814       1.1     skrll 	   Set it up.  */
   6815       1.1     skrll 
   6816       1.1     skrll 	sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   6817       1.1     skrll 	srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   6818       1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   6819       1.1     skrll 
   6820       1.1     skrll 	rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   6821       1.1     skrll 			+ sgot->output_offset
   6822       1.1     skrll 			+ (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   6823       1.6  christos 
   6824       1.1     skrll 	/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   6825       1.1     skrll 	   symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   6826       1.3  christos 	   of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   6827       1.3  christos 	   The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   6828       1.3  christos 	   initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   6829       1.3  christos 	if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   6830       1.3  christos 	    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   6831       1.3  christos 	  {
   6832       1.3  christos 	    if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6833       1.3  christos 	      {
   6834       1.3  christos 		asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6835       1.3  christos 		int dynindx
   6836       1.3  christos 		  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   6837       1.3  christos 
   6838       1.3  christos 		rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6839       1.3  christos 		rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6840       1.3  christos 				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6841       1.3  christos 	      }
   6842       1.3  christos 	    else
   6843       1.1     skrll 	      {
   6844       1.1     skrll 		rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   6845       1.1     skrll 		rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6846       1.1     skrll 				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6847       1.1     skrll 				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6848       1.1     skrll 	      }
   6849       1.1     skrll 	  }
   6850       1.1     skrll 	else
   6851       1.1     skrll 	  {
   6852       1.3  christos 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
   6853       1.3  christos 			+ eh->datalabel_got.offset);
   6854       1.1     skrll 	    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
   6855       1.1     skrll 	    rel.r_addend = 0;
   6856       1.1     skrll 	  }
   6857       1.1     skrll 
   6858       1.1     skrll 	loc = srelgot->contents;
   6859       1.1     skrll 	loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6860       1.1     skrll 	bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6861       1.1     skrll       }
   6862       1.1     skrll   }
   6863       1.1     skrll #endif
   6864       1.1     skrll 
   6865       1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   6866       1.1     skrll     {
   6867       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   6868       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6869       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   6870       1.1     skrll 
   6871       1.4  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   6872       1.1     skrll 
   6873       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   6874       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6875       1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   6876       1.1     skrll 
   6877       1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   6878       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6879       1.1     skrll 
   6880       1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   6881       1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6882       1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6883       1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
   6884       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6885       1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6886       1.6  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6887       1.1     skrll     }
   6888       1.1     skrll 
   6889       1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   6890       1.1     skrll      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   6891       1.1     skrll      ".got" section.  */
   6892       1.1     skrll   if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
   6893       1.1     skrll       || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
   6894       1.1     skrll     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   6895       1.1     skrll 
   6896       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6897       1.1     skrll }
   6898       1.1     skrll 
   6899       1.3  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   6900       1.1     skrll 
   6901       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6902       1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6903       1.3  christos {
   6904       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6905       1.3  christos   asection *sgotplt;
   6906  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   asection *sdyn;
   6907       1.4  christos 
   6908       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6909       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   6910       1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6911       1.1     skrll 
   6912       1.1     skrll   sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6913       1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
   6914       1.3  christos 
   6915       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   6916       1.1     skrll     {
   6917       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   6918       1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   6919       1.1     skrll 
   6920       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   6921       1.1     skrll 
   6922       1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   6923       1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   6924       1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   6925       1.1     skrll 	{
   6926       1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   6927       1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   6928       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6929       1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   6930       1.1     skrll #endif
   6931       1.1     skrll 
   6932       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   6933       1.1     skrll 
   6934       1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   6935       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6936       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   6937       1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->vxworks_p
   6938       1.1     skrll 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   6939       1.1     skrll 		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6940       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6941       1.1     skrll 
   6942       1.1     skrll #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
   6943       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_INIT:
   6944       1.1     skrll 	      name = info->init_function;
   6945       1.1     skrll 	      goto get_sym;
   6946       1.1     skrll 
   6947       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_FINI:
   6948       1.1     skrll 	      name = info->fini_function;
   6949       1.1     skrll 	    get_sym:
   6950       1.1     skrll 	      if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
   6951       1.1     skrll 		{
   6952       1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   6953       1.1     skrll 
   6954       1.1     skrll 		  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
   6955       1.1     skrll 					    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   6956       1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
   6957       1.1     skrll 		    {
   6958       1.1     skrll 		      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
   6959       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6960       1.3  christos 		    }
   6961       1.3  christos 		}
   6962       1.3  christos 	      break;
   6963       1.3  christos #endif
   6964       1.3  christos 
   6965       1.3  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   6966       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
   6967       1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
   6968  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   6969       1.1     skrll 		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6970       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6971       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6972       1.1     skrll 
   6973       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   6974       1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
   6975  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6976       1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   6977       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6978       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6979       1.1     skrll 
   6980       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   6981       1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
   6982       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6983       1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   6984  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6985       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6986       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6987       1.1     skrll 	}
   6988       1.1     skrll 
   6989       1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6990       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6991       1.1     skrll       if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
   6992       1.1     skrll 	{
   6993       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned int i;
   6994       1.1     skrll 
   6995       1.3  christos 	  memcpy (splt->contents,
   6996       1.3  christos 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
   6997       1.1     skrll 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
   6998       1.1     skrll 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
   6999       1.1     skrll 	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
   7000       1.1     skrll 	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   7001       1.1     skrll 				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   7002       1.1     skrll 				  + sgotplt->output_offset
   7003       1.1     skrll 				  + (i * 4)),
   7004       1.1     skrll 				 (splt->contents
   7005       1.1     skrll 				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
   7006       1.1     skrll 
   7007       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
   7008       1.1     skrll 	    {
   7009       1.1     skrll 	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
   7010       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   7011       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   7012       1.1     skrll 
   7013       1.1     skrll 	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
   7014       1.1     skrll 		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
   7015       1.1     skrll 	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   7016       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   7017       1.1     skrll 			      + splt->output_offset
   7018       1.1     skrll 			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
   7019       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   7020       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = 8;
   7021       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   7022       1.1     skrll 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   7023       1.1     skrll 
   7024       1.1     skrll 	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
   7025       1.1     skrll 		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
   7026       1.1     skrll 		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
   7027       1.1     skrll 		 output.  */
   7028       1.1     skrll 	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   7029       1.1     skrll 		{
   7030       1.1     skrll 		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
   7031       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   7032       1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
   7033       1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   7034       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   7035       1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   7036       1.1     skrll 
   7037       1.1     skrll 		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
   7038       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   7039       1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
   7040       1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   7041       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   7042       1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   7043       1.1     skrll 		}
   7044       1.1     skrll 	    }
   7045       1.1     skrll 
   7046       1.1     skrll 	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
   7047       1.3  christos 	     really seem like the right value.  */
   7048       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   7049       1.1     skrll 	}
   7050       1.3  christos     }
   7051       1.1     skrll 
   7052       1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   7053       1.1     skrll   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
   7054       1.3  christos     {
   7055       1.3  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   7056       1.3  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
   7057       1.3  christos       else
   7058       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   7059       1.3  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   7060       1.3  christos 		    sgotplt->contents);
   7061       1.6  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
   7062       1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
   7063       1.3  christos     }
   7064       1.3  christos 
   7065       1.3  christos   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
   7066       1.3  christos     elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   7067       1.3  christos 
   7068       1.3  christos   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   7069       1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   7070       1.3  christos     {
   7071       1.3  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
   7072       1.3  christos       bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
   7073       1.3  christos 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   7074       1.1     skrll 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   7075       1.1     skrll 
   7076       1.3  christos       sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
   7077       1.3  christos 
   7078       1.3  christos       /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
   7079       1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
   7080  1.8.12.1  pgoyette     }
   7081  1.8.12.1  pgoyette 
   7082  1.8.12.1  pgoyette   if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
   7083       1.3  christos     BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   7084       1.1     skrll 		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
   7085       1.1     skrll 
   7086       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.srelgot)
   7087       1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   7088       1.6  christos 		== htab->root.srelgot->size);
   7089       1.6  christos 
   7090       1.6  christos   return TRUE;
   7091       1.1     skrll }
   7092       1.1     skrll 
   7093       1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   7094       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   7095       1.1     skrll 			 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   7096       1.1     skrll 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   7097       1.1     skrll {
   7098       1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   7099       1.1     skrll     {
   7100       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_RELATIVE:
   7101       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   7102       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
   7103       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   7104       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_COPY:
   7105       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   7106       1.1     skrll     default:
   7107       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   7108       1.1     skrll     }
   7109       1.1     skrll }
   7110       1.1     skrll 
   7111       1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   7112       1.1     skrll /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
   7113       1.1     skrll 
   7114       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   7115       1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   7116       1.1     skrll {
   7117       1.1     skrll   int offset;
   7118       1.1     skrll   unsigned int size;
   7119       1.1     skrll 
   7120       1.1     skrll   switch (note->descsz)
   7121       1.6  christos     {
   7122       1.1     skrll       default:
   7123       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   7124       1.6  christos 
   7125       1.1     skrll       case 168:		/* Linux/SH */
   7126       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
   7127       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   7128       1.1     skrll 
   7129       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
   7130       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   7131       1.1     skrll 
   7132       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
   7133       1.1     skrll 	offset = 72;
   7134       1.1     skrll 	size = 92;
   7135       1.1     skrll 
   7136       1.1     skrll 	break;
   7137       1.1     skrll     }
   7138       1.1     skrll 
   7139       1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   7140       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   7141       1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   7142       1.1     skrll }
   7143       1.1     skrll 
   7144       1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   7145       1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   7146       1.1     skrll {
   7147       1.6  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   7148       1.1     skrll     {
   7149       1.6  christos       default:
   7150       1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   7151       1.1     skrll 
   7152       1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
   7153       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   7154       1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   7155       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   7156       1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   7157       1.1     skrll     }
   7158       1.6  christos 
   7159       1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   7160       1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   7161       1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   7162       1.1     skrll 
   7163       1.1     skrll   {
   7164       1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   7165       1.1     skrll     int n = strlen (command);
   7166       1.1     skrll 
   7167       1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   7168       1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   7169       1.6  christos   }
   7170       1.1     skrll 
   7171       1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   7172       1.1     skrll }
   7173       1.1     skrll #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   7174       1.1     skrll 
   7175       1.1     skrll 
   7176       1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   7177       1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   7178       1.1     skrll 
   7179       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   7180       1.1     skrll sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   7181       1.1     skrll 		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   7182       1.1     skrll {
   7183       1.3  christos   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   7184       1.3  christos 
   7185       1.3  christos   plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
   7186       1.3  christos   return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
   7187       1.3  christos }
   7188       1.3  christos 
   7189       1.3  christos /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
   7190       1.3  christos    shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
   7191       1.3  christos 
   7192       1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   7193       1.3  christos sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   7194       1.3  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   7195       1.3  christos 			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   7196       1.3  christos {
   7197       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   7198       1.3  christos 
   7199       1.3  christos   /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
   7200       1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   7201       1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   7202       1.3  christos 
   7203       1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   7204       1.3  christos }
   7205       1.3  christos 
   7206       1.3  christos /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
   7207       1.3  christos 
   7208       1.3  christos static bfd_byte
   7209       1.3  christos sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
   7210       1.3  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   7211       1.3  christos 			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
   7212       1.3  christos 			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
   7213       1.3  christos 			  bfd_vma *encoded)
   7214       1.3  christos {
   7215       1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   7216       1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   7217       1.3  christos 
   7218       1.3  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   7219       1.3  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
   7220       1.3  christos 				       loc_offset, encoded);
   7221       1.3  christos 
   7222       1.3  christos   h = htab->root.hgot;
   7223       1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   7224       1.3  christos 
   7225       1.3  christos   if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   7226       1.3  christos 	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
   7227       1.3  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
   7228       1.3  christos 				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
   7229       1.3  christos 
   7230       1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   7231       1.3  christos 	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
   7232       1.3  christos 		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
   7233       1.3  christos 
   7234       1.3  christos   *encoded = osec->vma + offset
   7235       1.3  christos     - (h->root.u.def.value
   7236       1.1     skrll        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   7237       1.6  christos        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   7238       1.1     skrll 
   7239       1.6  christos   return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
   7240       1.1     skrll }
   7241       1.1     skrll 
   7242       1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   7243       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		sh_elf32_vec
   7244       1.3  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
   7245       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	sh_elf32_le_vec
   7246       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
   7247       1.1     skrll #endif
   7248       1.1     skrll 
   7249       1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
   7250       1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA
   7251       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
   7252       1.1     skrll #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
   7253       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   7254       1.1     skrll #else
   7255       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80
   7256       1.1     skrll #endif
   7257       1.1     skrll 
   7258       1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   7259       1.1     skrll 
   7260       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
   7261       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
   7262       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
   7263       1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
   7264       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
   7265       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
   7266       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
   7267       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
   7268       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject
   7269       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p
   7270       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   7271       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_private_data
   7272       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   7273       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_merge_private_data
   7274       1.1     skrll 
   7275       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
   7276       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs
   7277       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   7278       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   7279       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   7280       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   7281       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   7282       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
   7283       1.3  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   7284       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   7285       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   7286       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_always_size_sections
   7287       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   7288       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
   7289       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
   7290       1.3  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   7291       1.3  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   7292       1.3  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   7293       1.3  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   7294       1.3  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class
   7295       1.3  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val
   7296       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
   7297       1.6  christos 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   7298       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
   7299       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   7300       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
   7301       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_encode_eh_address
   7302       1.1     skrll 
   7303       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_stack_align		8
   7304  1.8.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
   7305  1.8.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
   7306  1.8.12.1  pgoyette #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   7307       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   7308       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   7309       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   7310       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   7311       1.1     skrll 
   7312       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	TRUE
   7313       1.1     skrll 
   7314       1.6  christos #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   7315       1.1     skrll 
   7316       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   7317       1.1     skrll 
   7318       1.6  christos /* NetBSD support.  */
   7319       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   7320       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
   7321       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   7322       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd"
   7323       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   7324       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
   7325       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   7326       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd"
   7327       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   7328       1.1     skrll #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
   7329       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   7330       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   7331       1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0
   7332       1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   7333       1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
   7334       1.6  christos 
   7335       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   7336       1.1     skrll 
   7337       1.1     skrll 
   7338       1.6  christos /* Linux support.  */
   7339       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   7340       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
   7341       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   7342       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux"
   7343       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   7344       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_linux_vec
   7345       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   7346       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux"
   7347       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   7348       1.1     skrll #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
   7349       1.1     skrll 
   7350       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   7351       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
   7352       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   7353       1.3  christos #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
   7354       1.3  christos #undef	elf32_bed
   7355       1.3  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed
   7356       1.6  christos 
   7357       1.3  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   7358       1.3  christos 
   7359       1.3  christos 
   7360       1.6  christos /* FDPIC support.  */
   7361       1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   7362       1.3  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
   7363       1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   7364       1.3  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic"
   7365       1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   7366       1.3  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
   7367       1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   7368       1.3  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic"
   7369       1.3  christos 
   7370       1.3  christos #undef	elf32_bed
   7371       1.3  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed
   7372       1.1     skrll 
   7373       1.6  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   7374       1.1     skrll 
   7375       1.1     skrll #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
   7376       1.1     skrll 
   7377       1.6  christos /* VxWorks support.  */
   7378       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   7379       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
   7380       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   7381       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks"
   7382       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   7383       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
   7384       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   7385       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks"
   7386       1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   7387       1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
   7388       1.1     skrll 
   7389       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
   7390       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1
   7391       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   7392       1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_'
   7393       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
   7394       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   7395       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   7396       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
   7397       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
   7398       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
   7399       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
   7400       1.1     skrll 					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
   7401       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs
   7402       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
   7403       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
   7404       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   7405       1.1     skrll 					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
   7406       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   7407                     #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
   7408                     #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   7409                     
   7410                     #include "elf32-target.h"
   7411                     
   7412                     #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   7413